04/14/1993 Part 2
r
New Detention Facility
Contract KJ-029, Wastewater Treatment Plant
Allen's Environmental Equipment, Inc.
I.
II.
A.
B.
e.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Form of Agreement
Public Construction Bond
Certificate of Insurance
Table of Contents
Schedule of Drawings
Milestone Schedule
Engineering Report
A.
B.
e.
D.
Part 2 Proposal, pages 1 through 3, signed by bidder and dated April 6, 1993
Sworn Statement on Public Entity Crimes
Lobbing and Conflict of Interest Clause
Non-Collusion Affidavit
III. Conditions of the Contract
A. Addendum No. 1
B. Supplementary Conditions
e. General Requirements
Section 00970 Project Safety and Health Plan '-Ci
Section 00980 Contractors Quality Control Plan ~
w VJ ~-~\
Section 01027 Application for Payment z -,,~
~s:: :z
Section 01028 Change Order Procedures ~
Section 01200 Project Meetings -
-
Section 01310 Progress Schedules ,-- --
-- ,,-\
:::9
Section 01370 Schedule of Values N
Section 01385 Daily Construction Reports V1
~
Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services
Section 01510 Temporary Utilities
Section 01520 Construction Aids
Section 01550 Access Roads and Parking Areas
Section 01560 Temporary Controls
Section 01580 Project Identification and Signs
Section 01590 Field Offices and Sheds
Section 01595 Construction Cleaning
Section 01600 Material and Equipment
Section 01630 Post-Bid Substitutions
Section 01650 Starting of Systems
Section 01670 Systems Demonstrations
Section 01700 Contract Closeout
Section 01710 Final Cleaning
Section 01720 Project Record
Section 01730 Operation and Maintenance Data
03/30/93
Page 1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS
.
AlA Document A 191
Standard Form of Agreement Between
Owner and Design/Builder
1985 EDITION
This Document comprises two separate Agreements; Part 1 Agreement-Preliminary Design and Budgeting and Part 2
Agreement-Final Design and Construction. Hereinafter, the Part 1 Agreement is referred to as Part 1 and the Part 2
Agreement is referred to as Part 2.
THIS DOCUMENT HAS IMPORTANT LEGAL CONSEQUENCES;
CONSULTATION WITH AN ATTORNEY IS ENCOURAGED,
PART 2 AGREEMENT-FINAL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION
AGREEMENT KJ-029
made as of the ,.,~~ _ day of
Hundred and nln~-ii\yee. (i1'1?>).
flrn'l
in the year of Nineteen
BETWEEN the Owner:
(Name and address)
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
500 Whitehead Street
Key West, FL 33040
Allen's Environmental Equipment, Inc.
719 Commerce Circle
Longwood, FL 32750-3605, Phone: (407) 834-3239
For the following Project: Waste Water Treatment Plant & Utilities
(Include Project name, location and detailed description of scope.)
Monroe County Detention Facility
Stock Island, FL 33040
and the Design/Builder:
(Name and address)
The architectural services described in Article 2 will be provided by the following person or
entity who is lawfully licensed to practice architecture: Hartman & Associates, Inc.
(Name and address) Southeast Bank Building, Suite 1000
201 East Pine Street
. . Orlando, FL 32801 Phone: (407) 839-3955
The Owner and the DeSIgn/BUilder agree as set forth below.
Copyright cf; 1985 by The American Institute of Architects, 1735 New York Avenue, N,W" Washington, D.C. 20006.
Reproduction of the material herein or substantial quotation of its provisions without written permission of the AlA
violates the copyright laws of the United States and will be subject to legal prosecution.
AI.\ DOCUMENT A191, Pul2 · OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
· AIA~ · @1985 · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,
N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 1
l
Terms and Conditions-Part 2 Agreement
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 The Contract Documents consist of the Design/
Builder's Proposal identified in Article 14, this Part 2, the
Construction Documents approved by the Owner in accor-
dance with subparagraph 2.2.2 below and Modifications
issued after execution of Part 2. A Modification is a Change
Order or a written amendment to Part 2 signed by both
parties. These form the Contract, and are as fully a part of
the Contract as if attached to this Part 2 or repeated herein.
1.1.2 The Project is the total design and construction for
which the Design/Builder is responsible under Part 2, in-
cluding all professional design services and all labor, mate-
rials and equipment used or incorporated in such design
and construction,
1.1.3 The Work comprises the completed construction
designed under the Project and includes labor necessary to
produce such construction, and materials and equipment
incorporated or to be incorporated in such construction.
1.2 EXECUTION, CORRELATION AND INTENT
1.2.1 This Part 2 shall be signed in not less than duplicate
by the Owner and Design/Builder.
1.2.2 It is the intent of the Owner and Design/Builder that
the Contract Documents include all items necessary for
proper execution and completion of the Work. The Con-
tract Documents are complementary, and what is required
byanyone shall be as binding as if required by all. Work not
covered in the Contract Documents will not be required
unless it i~ consistent with and is reasonably inferable from
the Contract Documents as being necessary to produce the
intended results. Words and abbreviations which have
well-known technical or trade meanings are used in the
Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized
meanings.
1.3 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 The drawings, specifications and other documents
furnished by the Design/Builder are instruments of service
and shall not become the property of the Owner whether
or not the Project for which they are made is commenced.
Drawings, specifications and other documents furnished
by the Design/Builder shall not be used by the Owner on
other projects, for additions to this Project or, unless the
Design/Builder is in default under Part 2, for completion of
this Project by others, except by written agreement relating
to use, liability and compensation.
1.3.2 Submission or distribution of documents to meet
official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in
connection with the Project is not to be construed as pub-
lication in derogation of the Design/Builder's or the Archi-
tect's common law copyrights or other reserved rights. The
Owner shall own neither the documents nor the
copyrights.
ARTICLE 2
DESIGN/BUILDER
2.1 SERVICES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1.1 Design services shall be performed by qualified ar-
chitects, engineers and other professionals selected and
paid by the Design/Builder. The professional obligations of
such persons shall be undertaken and performed in the
interest of the Design/Builder. Construction services shall
be performed by qualified construction contractors and
suppliers, selected and paid by the Design/Builder and
acting in the interest of the Design/Builder. Nothing con-
tained in Part 2 shall create any professional obligation or
contractual relationship between such persons and the
Owner.
2.2 BASIC SERVICES
2.2.1 The Design/Builder's Basic Services are described
below and in Article 14,
2.2.2 Based on the Design/Builder's Proposal, the Design/
Builder shall submit Construction Documents for review
and approval by the Owner. Construction Documents shall
include technical drawings, schedules, diagrams and speci-
fications, setting forth in detail the requirements for con-
struction of the Work, and shall:
.1 develop the intent of the Design/Builder's Pro-
posal in greater detail;
.2 provide information customarily necessary for the
use of those in the building trades; and
.3 include documents customarily required for reg-
ulatory agency approvals.
2.2.3 The Design/Builder shall assist the Owner in filing
documents required to obtain necessary approvals of gov-
ernmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project.
2.2.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Docu-
ments, the Design/Builder shall provide or cause to be
provided and shall pay for design services, labor, materials,
equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery,
water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities and
services necessary for proper execution and completion of
the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether
or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
2.2.5 The Design/Builder shall be responsible for and
shall coordinate all construction means, methods, tech-
niques, sequences and procedures.
2.2.6 The Design/Builder shall keep the Owner informed
of the progress and quality of the Work,
2.2.7 If requested in writing by the Owner, the Design/
Builder, with reasonable promptness and in accordance
with time limits agreed upon, shall interpret the require-
ments of the Contract Documents and initially shall decide,
subject to demand for arbitration, claims, disputes and
other matters in question relating to performance there-
under by both Owner and Design/Builder, Such interpreta-
tions and decisions shall be in writing, shall not be pre-
sumed to be correct and shall be given such weight as the
arbitrator(s) or the court shall determine.
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 2
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER-DESIGNIBUllDER M;REEMENT · FIRST EDITION
. AlAS . @1985 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORK AVENUE,
N.W., WASHINGTON, D,C. 20006
2.2.8 The Design/Builder shall correct Work which does
not conform to the Construction Documents.
2.2.9 The Design/Builder warrants to the Owner that ma-
terials and equipment incorporated in the Work will be new
unless otherwise specified, and that the Work will be of
good quality, free from faults and defects, and in confor-
mance with the Contract Documents. Work not conform-
ing to these requirements shall be corrected in accordance
with Article 9.
2.2.10 The Design/Builder shall pay all sales, consumer,
use and similar taxes which were in effect at the time the
Design/Builder's Proposal was first submitted to the Owner,
and shall secure and pay for building and other permits and
governmental fees, licenses and inspections necessary for
the proper execution and completion of the Work which
are either customarily secured after execution of Part 2 or
are legally required at the time the Design/Builder's Pro-
posal was first submitted to the OWner.
2.2.11 The Design/Builder shall give notices and comply
with laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and lawful orders
of public authorities relating to the Project.
2.2.12 The Design/Builder shall pay royalties and license
fees. The Design/Builder shall defend suits or claims for
infringement of patent rights and shall save the Owner
harmless from loss on account thereof. except that the
Owner shall be responsible for such loss when a particular
design, process or product of a particular manufacturer is
required by the Owner. However, if the Design/Builder has
reason to believe the use of a required design, process or
product is an infringement of a patent, the Design/Builder
shall be responsible for such loss unless such information
is promptly given to the Owner.
2.2.13 The Design/Builder shall be responsible to the
Owner for acts and omissions of the Design/Builder's em-
ployees and parties in privity of contract with the Design/
Builder to perform a portion of the Work, including their
agents and employees.
2.2.14 The Design/Builder shall keep the premises free
from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by
the Design/Builder's operations. At the completion of the
Work, the Design/Builder shall remove from and about the
Project the Design/Builder's tools, construction equip-
ment, machinery, surplus materials, waste materials and
rubbish.
2.2.15 The Design/Builder shall prepare Change Orders
for the Owner's approval and execution in accordance with
Part 2 and shall have authority to make minor changes in the
design and construction consistent with the intent of Part 2
not involving an adjustment in the contract sum or an
extension of the contract time. The Design/Builder shall
promptly inform the Owner, in writing, of minor changes in
the design and construction.
2.2.16 The Design/Builder shall notify the Owner when
the Work or an agreed upon portion thereof is substantialJy
completed by issuing a Certificate of Substantial Comple-
tion which shall establish the Date of Substantial Comple-
tion, shall state the responsibility of each party for security,
maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and in-
surance, shall include a list of items to be completed or
corrected and shall fix the time within which the De-
sign/Builder shall complete items listed therein. Disputes
between the Owner and Design/Builder regarding the Cer-
tificate of Substantial Completion shall be resolved by
arbitration.
2.2.17 The Design/Builder shall maintain in good order at
the site one record copy of the drawings, specifications,
product data, samples, shop drawings, Change Orders and
other Modifications, marked currently to record changes
made during construction. These shall be delivered to the
Owner upon completion of the design and construction
and prior to final payment.
ARTICLE 3
OWNER
3.1 The Owner shall designate a representative autho-
rized to act on the Owner's behalf with respect to the
Project. The Owner or such authorized representative shall
examine documents submitted by the Design/Builder and
shall promptly render decisions pertaining thereto to avoid
delay in the orderly progress of the Work.
3.2 The Owner may appoint an on-site project represen-
tative to observe the Work and to have such other responsi-
bilities as the Owner and Design/Builder agree in writing
prior to execution of Part 2.
3.3 The Owner shall cooperate with the Design/Builder in
securing building and other permits, licenses and inspec-
tions, and shall pay the fees for such permits, licenses and
inspections if the cost of such fees is not identified as being
included in the Design/Builder's Proposal.
3.4 The Owner shall furnish services by land surveyors,
geotechnical engineers and other consultants for subsoil,
air and water conditions, in addition to those provided
under Part 1 when such services are deemed necessary by
the Design/Builder to carry out properly the design services
under this Part 2.
3.5 The Owner shall furnish structural, mechanical,
chemical, geotechnical and other laboratory or on-site
tests, inspections and reports as required by law or the
Contract Documents.
3.6 The services, information, surveys and reports re-
quired by Paragraphs 3.4 and 3.5 shall be furnished at the
Owner's expense, and the Design/Builder shall be entitled
to rely upon their accuracy and completeness.
3.7 If the Owner observes or otherwise becomes aware of
a fault or defect in the Work or nonconformity with the
Design or Construction Documents, the Owner shall give
prompt written notice thereof to the Design/Builder.
3.8 The Owner shall furnish required information and
services and shall promptly render decisions pertaining
thereto to avoid delay in the orderly progress of the design
and construction.
3.9 The Owner shall, at the request of the Design/Builder
and upon execution of Part 2, provide a certified or nota-
rized statement of funds available for the Project and their
source.
3.10 The Owner shall communicate with contractors only
through the Design/Builder.
ARTICLE 4
TIME
4.1 The Design/Builder shall provide services as expedi-
tiously as is consistent with reasonable skill and care and
the orderly progress of design and construction.
4.2 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of
the essence of Part 2. The Work to be performed under Part
AlA DOCUMENT A191, P~rl 2 · OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
· AlA'" · ~1985 · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,
NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 3
2 shall commence upon execution of a notice to proceed
unless otherwise agreed and, subject to authorized Modifi-
cations, Substantial Completion shall be achieved as indi-
cated in Article 14.
4.3 The Date of Substantial Completion of the Work or an
agreed upon portion thereof is the date when construction
or an agreed upon portion thereof is sufficiently complete
so the Owner can occupy and utilize the Work or agreed
upon portion thereof for its intended use.
4.4 The schedule provided in the Design/Builder's Pro-
posal shall include a construction schedule consistent with
Paragraph 4.2 above.
4.5 If the Design/Builder is delayed in the progress of the
Project by acts or neglect of the Owner, Owner's employ-
ees, separate contractors employed by the Owner, changes
ordered in the Work not caused by the fault of the Design/
Builder, labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in transporta-
tion, adverse weather conditions not reasonably anticipata-
ble, unavoidable casualties, or other causes beyond the
Design/Builder's control, or by delay authorized by the
Owner's pending arbitration or another cause which the
Owner and Design/Builder agree is justifiable, the contract
time shall be reasonably extended by Change Order.
ARTICLE 5
PAYMENTS
5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
5.1.1 The Design/Builder shall deliver to the Owner
itemized Applications for Payment in such detail as indicat-
ed in Article 14.
5.1.2 Within ten days of the Owner's receipt of a properly
submitted and correct Application for Payment, the Owner
shall make payment to the Design/Builder.
5.1.3 The Application for Payment shall constitute a repre-
sentation by the Design/Builder to the Owner that, to the
best of the Design/Builder's knowledge, information and
belief, the design and construction have progressed to the
point indicated; the quality of the Work covered by the
application is in accordance with the Contract Documents;
and the Design/Builder is entitled to payment in the
amount requested.
5.1.4 The Design/Builder shall pay each contractor, upon
receipt of payment from the Owner, out of the amount paid
to the Design/Builder on account of such contractor's work,
the amount to which said contractor is entitled in accor-
dance with the terms of the Design/Builder's contract with
such contractor. The Design/Builder shall, by appropriate
agreement with each contractor, require each contractor to
make payments to subcontractors in similar manner.
5.1.5 The Owner shall have no obligation to payor to be
responsible in any way for payment to a contractor of the
Design/Builder except as may otherwise be required by law.
5.1.6 No progress payment or partial or entire use or
occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall constitute an
acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract
Documents,
5.1.7 The Design/Builder warrants that: (1) title to Work,
materials and equipment covered by an Application for
Payment will pass to the Owner either by incorporation in
construction or upon receipt of payment by the Design/
Builder, whichever occurs first; (2) Work, materials and
equipment covered by previous Applications for Payment
are free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or
encumbrances, hereinafter referred to as Hliens"; and (3)
no Work, materials or equipment covered by an Applica-
tion for Payment will have been acquired by the Design/
Builder, or any other person performing work at the site or
furnishing materials or equipment for the Project, subject
to an agreement under which an interest therein or an
encumbrance thereon is retained by the seller or otherwise
imposed by the Design/Builder or such other person.
5.1.8 If the Contract provides for retainage, then at the
date of Substantial Completion or occupancy of the Work
or any agreed upon portion thereof by the Owner, which-
ever occurs first, the Design/Builder may apply for and the
Owner, if the Design/Builder has satisfied the requirements
of Paragraph 5.2.1 and any other requirements of the Con-
tract relating to retainage, shall pay the Design/Builder the
amount retained, if any, for the Work or for the portion
completed or occupied, less the reasonable value of incor-
rect or incomplete Work. Final payment of such withheld
sum shall be made upon correction or completion of such
Work,
5.2 FINAL PAYMENT
5.2.1 Neither final payment nor amounts retained, if any,
shall become due until the Design/Builder submits to the
Owner (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and
equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the
Project for which the Owner or Owner's property might be
liable have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) consent of
surety, if any, to final payment, (3) a certificate that insur-
ance required by the Contract Documents is in force fol-
lowing completion of the Work, and (4) if required by the
Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of
obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens
arising out of Part 2, to the extent and in such form as may
be designated by the Owner. If a contractor refuses to
furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the
Design/Builder may furnish a bond satisfactory to the
Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien. If such
lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the De-
sign/Builder shall reimburse the Owner for moneys the
latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
including all costs and reasonable attorneys' fees.
5.2.2 Final payment constituting the entire unpaid bal-
ance due shall be paid by the Owner to the Design/Builder
upon the Owner's receipt of the Design/Builder's final Ap-
plication for Payment when the Work has been completed
and the Contract fully performed except for those respon-
sibilities of the Design/Builder which survive final payment.
5.2.3 The making of final payment shall constitute a
waiver of all claims by the Owner except those arising from:
.1 unsettled liens;
.2 faulty or defective Work appearing after Substan-
tial Completion;
.3 failure of the Work to comply with requirements
of the Contract Documents; or
.4 terms of special warranties required by the Con-
tract Documents,
5.2.4 Acceptance of final payment shall constitute a
waiver of all claims by the Design/Builder except those
previously made in writing and identified by the Design/
Builder as unsettled at the time of final Application for
Payment.
A191.1985
PART 2-PAGE 4
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT · FIRST EDITION
. AlA'" . (<:)1985 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE.
NW.. WASHINGTON, D.c 20006
-".._""'~--_........,,--.~.. ".., --,
5.3 INTEREST PAYMENTS
. 5.3.1 Payments due the Design/Builder under Part 2 which
are not paid when due shall bear interest from the date due
at the rate specified in Article 13, or in the absence of a
specified rate, at the legal rate prevailing where the prin-
cipal improvements are to be located.
ARTICLE 6
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
6.1 The Design/Builder shall be responsible for initiating,
maintaining and providing supervision of safety precau-
tions and programs in connection with the Work,
6.2 The Design/Builder shall take reasonable precautions
for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to
prevent damage, injury or loss to: (1) employees on the
Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; (2)
the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated
therein; and (3) other property at or adjacent to the site.
6.3 The Design/Builder shall give notices and comply with
applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders
of public authorities bearing on the safety of persons and
property and their protection from damage, injury or loss.
6.4 The Design/Builder shall be liable for damage or loss
(other than damage or loss to property insured under the
property insurance provided or required by the Contract
Documents to be provided by the Owner) to property at
the site caused in whole or in part by the Design/Builder, a
contractor of the Design/Builder or anyone directly or indi-
rectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose
acts they may be liable, except damage or loss attributable
to the acts or omissions of the Owner, the Owner's separate
contractors or anyone directly or indirectly employed by
them or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable arid
not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Design/
Builder.
ARTICLE 7
INSURANCE AND BONDS
7.1 DESIGN/BUILDER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
7.1'.1 The Design/Builder shall purchase and maintain in a
company or companies authorized to do business in the
state in which the Work is located such insurance as will
protect the Design/Builder from claims set forth below
which may arise out of or result from operations under the
Contract by the Design/Builder or by a contractor of the
Design/Builder, or by anyone directly or indirectly em-
ployed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they
may be liable:
.1 claims under workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion, disability benefit and other similar employee
benefit laws which are applicable to the Work to
be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, oc-
cupational sickness or disease, or death of the
Design/Builder's employees under any applicable
employer's liability law;
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sick-
ness or disease, or death of persons other than the
Design/Builder's employees;
.4 claims for damages covered by usual personal in-
jury liability coverage which are sustained (1) by a
person as a result of an offense directly or indi-
rectly related to employment of such person by
the Design/Builder or (2) by another person;
.5 claims for damages, other than to the Work at the
site, because of injury to or destruction of tangible
property, including loss of use; and
.6 claims for damages for bodily injury or death of a
person or property damage arising out of owner-
ship, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle.
7.1.2 The insurance required by the above Subparagraph
7.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability
specified in the Contract Documents or required by law,
whichever are greater.
7.1.3 The Design/Builder's liability insurance shall include
contractual liability insurance applicable to the Design/
Builder's obligations under Paragraph 11.7.
7.1.4 Certificates of Insurance, and copies of policies if
requested, acceptable to the Owner shall be delivered to
the Owner prior to commencement of design and con-
struction. These Certificates as well as insurance policies
required by this Paragraph shall contain a provision that
coverage will not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at
least thirty days' prior written notice has been given to the
Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance coverages are
required to remain in force after final payment, an addi-
tional certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage
shall be submitted along with the application for final
payment.
7.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
7.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and
maintaining, in a company or companies authorized to do
business in the state in which the principal improvements
are to be located, Owner's liability insurance to protect the
Owner against claims which may arise from operations
under this Project.
7.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE
7.3.1 Unless otherwise provided under this Part 2, the
Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or com-
panies authorized to do business in the state in which the
principal improvements are to be located, property insur-
ance upon the Work at the site to the full insurable value
thereof. Property insurance shall include interests of the
Owner, the Design/Builder, and their respective con-
tractors and subcontractors in the Work. It shall insure
against perils of fire and extended coverage and shall in-
clude all risk insurance for physical loss or damage includ-
ing, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and
malicious mischief. If the Owner does not intend to pur-
chase such insurance for the full insurable value of the
entire Work, the Owner shall inform the Design/Builder in
writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Design/
Builder may then effect insurance for the Work at the site
which will protect the interests of the Design/Builder and
the Design/Builder's contractors and subcontractors, and
by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be
charged to the Owner. If the Design/Builder is damaged by
failure of the Owner to purchase or maintain such insur-
ance without notice to the Design/Builder, then the Owner
shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable there-
to. If not covered under the all risk insurance or not other-
wise provided in the Contract Documents, the Design/
Builder shall effect and maintain similar property insurance
on portions of the Work stored off-site or in transit when
such portions of the Work are to be included in an Applica-
tion for Payment.
A.IA. DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER.DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . fiRST EDITION
· AlA' eQ1985 · THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE Of ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE.
NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 5
7.3.2 Unless otherwise provided under this Part 2, the
Owner shall purchase and maintain such boiler and ma-
chinery insurance as may be required by the Contract Doc-
uments or by law and which shall specifically cover such
insured objects during installation and until final accep-
tance by the Owner. This insurance shall cover interests of
the Owner, the Design/Builder, and the Design/Builder's
contractors and subcontractors in the Work.
7.3.3 A loss Insured under Owner's property insurance is
to be adjusted with the Owner and made payable to the
Owner as trustee for the insureds, as their interests may
appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mort-
gagee clause and of Subparagraph 7.3.8. The Design/
Builder shall pay contractors their shares of insurance pro-
ceeds received by the Design/Builder, and by appropriate
agreement, written where legally required for validity, shall
require contractors to make payments to their subcontrac-
tors in similar manner.
7.3.4 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner
shall file with the Design/Builder a copy of each policy
required by this Paragraph 7.3. Each policy shall contain
only those endorsements specifically related to this Proj-
ect. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will
not be cancelled or allowed to expire until at least thirty
days' prior written notice has been given the Design/
Builder.
7.3.5 If the Design/Builder requests in writing that insur-
ance for risks other than those described herein or for
other special hazards be included in the property insurance
policy, the Owner shall, if possible, obtain such insurance,
and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Design/Builder
by appropriate Change Order.
7.3.6 The Owner and Design/Builder waive all rights
against each other and the contractors, subcontractors,
agents and employees, each of the other, for damages
caused by fire or other perils to the extent covered by
property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 7,3
or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except
such rights as they may have to proceeds of such insurance
held by the Owner as trustee, The Owner or Design/
Builder, as appropriate, shall require from contractors and
subcontractors by appropriate agreements, written where
legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of
other parties enumerated in this Paragraph 7.3. The policies
shall be endorsed to include such waivers of subrogation,
7.3.7 If reqUired in writing by a party in interest, the
Owner as trustee shall provide, upon occurrence of an
insured loss, a bond for proper performance of the
Owner's duties. The cost of required bonds shall be
charged against proceeds received as trustee. The Owner
shall deposit proceeds so received in a separate account
and shall distribute them in accordance with such agree-
ment as the parties in interest may reach, or in accordance
with an arbitration award in which case the procedure shall
be as provided in Article 10. If after such loss no other
special agreement is made, replacement of damaged Work
shall be covered by appropriate Change Order.
7.3.8 The Owner, as trustee, shall have power to adjust
and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in
interest shall object, in writing, within ten days after occur-
rence of loss, to the Owner's exercise of this power, If such
objection be made, the Owner as trustee shall make settle-
ment with the insurers in accordance with the decision of
arbitration as provided in Article 10. If distribution of insur-
ance proceeds by arbitration is required, the arbitrators will
direct such distribution.
7.3.9 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a
portion or portions of the Work before Substantial Com-
pletion, such occupancy or use shall not commence prior
to a time agreed to by the Owner and Design/Build~r and to
which the insurance company or companies providing
property insurance have consented by endorsement to the
policy or policies. The property insurance shall not lapse or
be cancelled on account of such partial occupancy or use.
Consent of the Design/Builder and of the insurance com-
pany or companies to such occupancy or use shall not be
unreasonably withheld,
7.4 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE
7.4.1 The Owner, at the Owner's option, may purchase
and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner
against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or
other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all
rights of action against the Design/Builder, and its con-
tractors and their agents and employees, for loss of use of
the Owner's property, including consequential losses due
to fire or other hazards, however caused, to the extent
covered by insurance under this Paragraph 7.4.
7.5 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
7.5.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the De-
sign/Builder to furnish bonds covering the faithful perfor-
mance of the Contract and the payment of all obligations
arising thereunder if and as required in the Contract Docu-
ments or in Article 14.
ARTICLE 8
CHANGES IN THE WORK
8.1 CHANGE ORDERS
8.1.1 A Change Order is a written order signed bv the
Owner and Design/Builder, and issued after execution of
Part 2, authorizing a change in the Work or adjustment in
the contract sum or contract time. The contract sum and
contract time may be changed only by Change Order.
8.1.2 The Owner, without invalidating Part 2, may order
changes in the Work within the general scope of Part 2
consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions. and
the contract sum and contract time shall be adjusted ac-
cordingly. Such changes in the Work shall be authorized by
Change Order, and shall be performed under applicable
conditions of the Contract Documents,
8.1.3 If the Owner requests the Design/Builder to submit
a proposal for a change in the Work and then elects not to
proceed with the change, a Change Order shall be issued
to reimburse the Design/Builder for any costs incurred for
Design Services or proposed revisions to the Contract
Documents.
8.1.4 Cost or credit to the Owner resulting from a change
in the Work shall be determined in one or more of the
following ways:
.1 by mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly
itemized and supported by sufficient substantiat-
ing data to permit evaluation;
.2 by unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or
subsequently agreed upon;
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 6
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT · FIRST EDITION
. AlA. . ~:198S . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 173S NEW YORI- -\vENUE
N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 '
.3 by cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon
by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or
percentage fee; or
.4 by the method provided below.
8.1.5 If none of the methods set forth in Clauses 8.1.4.1,
8.1.4.2 or 8,1.4,3 is agreed upon, the Design/Builder, pro-
vided a written order signed by the Owner is received, shall
promptly proceed with the Work involved. The cost of such
Work shall then be determined on the basis of reasonable
expenditures and savings of those performing the Work
attributable to the change, including the expenditures for
design services and revisions to the Contract Documents.
In case of an increase in the contract sum, the cost shall
include a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit, In
case of the methods set forth in Clauses 8.1.4.3 and 8.1.4.4,
the Design/Builder shall keep and present an itemized ac-
counting together with appropriate supporting data for
inclusion in a Change Order, Unless otherwise provided in
the Contract Documents, cost shall be limited to the fol-
lowing: cost of materials, including sales tax and cost of
delivery; cost of labor, including social security, old age and
unemployment insurance, and fringe benefits required by
agreement or custom; workers' or workmen's compensa-
tion insurance; bond premiums; rental value of equipment
and machinery; additional costs of supervision and field
office personnel di rectly attributable to the change; and
fees paid to architects, engineers and other professionals.
Pending final determination of cost to the Owner, pay-
ments on account shall be made on the Application for
Payment. The amount of credit to be allowed by the Design/
Builder to the Owner for deletion or change which results
in a net decrease in the contract sum will be actual net cost.
When both additions and credits covering related Work or
substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for
overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of the net
increase, if any, with respect to that change.
8.1.6 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents
or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally
contemplated are so changed in a proposed Change Order
that application of agreed unit prices to quantities pro-
posed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or De-
sign/Builder, applicable unit prices shall be equitably
adjusted.
8.2 CONCEALED CONDITIONS
8.2.1 If concealed or unknown conditions of an unusual
nature that affect the performance of the Work and vary
from those indicated by the Contract Documents are en-
countered below ground or in an existing structure other
than the Work, which conditions are not ordinarily found
to exist or which differ materially from those generally
recognized as inherent in work of the character provided
for in this Part 2, notice by the observing party shall be given
promptly to the other party and, if possible, before condi-
tions are disturbed and in no event later than twenty-one
days after first observance of the conditions. The contract
sum shall be equitably adjusted for such concealed or un-
known conditions by Change Order upon claim by either
party made within twenty-one days after the claimant be-
comes aware of the conditions,
8.3 REGULATORY CHANGES
8.3.1 The Design/Builder shall be compensated for
changes in the Work necessitated by the enactment or revi-
sion of codes, laws or regulations subsequent to the sub-
mission of the Design/Builder's Proposal under Part 1.
ARTICLE 9
CORRECTION OF WORK
9.1 The Design/Builder shall promptly correct Work re-
jected by the Owner or known by the Design/Builder to be
defective or failing to conform to the Construction Docu-
ments, whether observed before or after Substantial Com-
pletion and whether or not fabricated, installed or com-
pleted, and shall correct Work under this Part 2 found to be
defective or nonconforming within a period of one year
from the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or
designated portion thereof, or within such longer period
provided by any applicable special warranty in the Contract
Documents.
9.2 Nothing contained in this Article 9 shall be construed
to establish a period of limitation with respect to other
obligations of the Design/Builder under this Part 2. Para-
graph 9.1 relates only to the specific obligation of the De-
sign/Builder to correct the Work, and has no relationship to
the time within which the obligation to comply with the
Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to
the time within which proceedings may be commenced to
establish the Design/Builder's liability with respect to the
Design/Builder's obligations other than correction of the
Work.
9.3 If the Design/Builder fails to correct defective Work as
required or persistently fails to carry out Work in accor-
dance with the Contract Documents, the Owner, by written
order signed personally or by an agent specifically so em-
powered by the Owner in writing, may order the Design/
Builder to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the
cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the
Owner's right to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty
on the part of the Owner to exercise the right for benefit of
the Design/Builder or other persons or entities.
9.4 If the Design/Builder defaults or neglects to carry out
the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and
fails within seven days after receipl of written notice from
the Owner to commence and continue correction of such
default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the
Owner may give a second written notice to the Design/
Builder and, seven days following receipt by the Design/
Builder of that second written notice and without prejudice
to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such defi-
ciencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall
be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due
the Design/Builder costs of correcting such deficiencies. If
the payments then or thereafter due the Design/Builder are
not sufficient to cover the amount of the deduction, the
Design/Builder shall pay the difference to the Owner. Such
action by the Owner shall be subject to arbitration,
ARTICLE 10
ARBITRATION
10.1 Claims, disputes and other matters in question be-
tween the parties to this Part 2 arising out of or relating to
Part 2 shall be decided by arbitration in accordance with
the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the Ameri-
can Arbitration Association then in effect unless the par-
ties agree otherwise, No arbitration arising out of or relat-
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
· ....1...... . c 1985 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,
'-IV\'. WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 7
ing to this Part 2 shall include, by consolidation or joinder
or in any other manner, an additional person not a party to
Part 2 except by written consent containing specific refer-
ence to Part 2 and signed by the Owner, Design/Builder
and any other person sought to be joined. Consent to
arbitration involving an additional person or persons
shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a dispute not
described or with a person not named therein. This provi-
sion shall be specifically enforceable in any court of com-
petent jurisdiction.
10.2 Notice of demand for arbitration shall be filed in
writing with the other party to this Part 2 and with the
American Arbitration Association. The demand shall be
made within a reasonable time after the claim, dispute or
other matter in question has arisen. In no event shall the
demand for arbitration be made after the date when the
applicable statute of limitations would bar institution of a
legal or equitable proceeding based on such claim, dis-
pute or other matter in question.
10.3 The award rendered by arbitrators shall be final,
and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with
applicable law in any court having jurisdiction.
10.4 Unless otherwise agreed in writing, the Design/
Builder shall carryon the Work and maintain its progress
during any arbitration proceedings, and the Owner shall
continue to make payments to the Design/Builder in ac-
cordance with the Contract Documents.
10.5 This Article 10 shall survive completion or termina-
tion of Part 2.
ARTICLE 11
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
11.1 This Part 2 shall be governed by the law of the place
where the Work is located.
11.2 The table of contents and the headings of articles and
paragraphs are for convenience only and shall not modify
rights and obligations created by this Part 2.
11.3 In case a provision of Part 2 is held to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforce-
ability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected.
11.4 SUBCONTRACTS
11.4.1 The Design/Builder, as soon as practicable after
execution of Part 2, shall furnish to the Owner in writing the
names of the persons or entities the Design/Builder will
engage as contractors for the Project.
11.4.2 Nothing contained in the Design/Builder Contract
Documents shall create a professional obligation or con-
tractual relationship between the Owner and any third
party.
11.5 WORK BY OWNER OR OWNER'S CONTRACTORS
11.5.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform work re-
lated to, but not part of, the Project and to award separate
contracts in connection with other work at the site. If the
Design/Builder claims that delay or additional cost is in-
volved because of such action by the Owner, the Design/
Builder shall make such claims as provided in Sub-
paragraph 11,6,
11.5.2 The Design/Builder shall afford the Owner's sepa-
rate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction
and storage of their materials and equipment for execution
of their work, The Design/Builder shall incorporate and
coordinate the Design/Builder's Work with work of the
Owner's separate contractors as required by the Contract
Documents.
11.5.3 Costs caused by defective or ill-timed work shall be
borne by the party responsible.
11.6 CLAIMS FOR DAMAGES
11.6.1 Should either party to Part 2 suffer injury or damage
to person or property because of an act or omission of the
other party, the other party's employees or agents, or an-
other for whose acts the other party is legally liable, claim
shall be made in writing to the other party within a reason-
able time after such injury or damage is or should have
been first observed,
11.7 INDEMNIFICATION
11.7.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Design/
Builder shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and
the Owner's consultants and separate contractors, any of
their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and em-
ployees from and against claims, damages, losses and ex-
penses, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising
out of or resulting from performance of the Work. These
indemnification obligations shall be limited to claims, dam-
ages, losses or expenses (1) that are attributable to bodily
injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruc-
tion of tangible property (other than the Work itself) includ-
ing loss of use resulting therefrom, and (2) to the extent
such claims, damages, losses or expenses are caused in
whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the
Design/Builder, the Design/Builder's contractors, anyone
directly or indirectly employed by either or anyone for
whose acts either may be liable, regardless of whether or
not they are caused in part by a party indemnified here-
under, Such obligation shall not be construed to negate,
abridge or otherwise reduce other rights or obligations of
indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or
person described in this Paragraph 11.7,
11.7.2 In claims against the Owner or its consultants and
its contractors, anv of their subcontractors, sub-sub-
contractors, agents 'or employees by an employee of the
Design/Builder, its contractors, anyone directly or indi-
rectly emploved by them or anyone for whose acts they
may be liable, the indemnification obligation under this
Paragraph 11.7 shall not be limited by a limitation on
amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits pay-
able by or for the Design/Builder, or a Design/Builder's
contractor, under workers' or workmen's compensation
acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
11.11 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
11.8.1 This Part 2 shall be binding on successors, assigns,
and legal representatives of and persons in privity of con-
tract with the Owner or Design/Builder. Neither party shall
assign, sublet or transfer an interest in Part 2 without the
written consent of the other.
11.8.2 This Paragraph 11.8 shall survive completion or ter-
mination of Part 2,
11.9 In case of termination of the Architect, the Design/
Builder shall provide the services of another lawfully li-
censed person or entity against whom the Owner makes no
reasonable objection.
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 8
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Put 2 . OWNER.DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
. AlA"' . @1985 . THE AMERICAN II'STITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,
NW" WASHINGTON, D,C 20006
11.10 EXTENT OF AGREEMENT
11.10.1 Part 2 represents the entire agreement between
the Owner and Design/Builder and supersedes Part 1 and
prior negotiations, representations or agreements. Part 2
may be amended only by written instrument signed by both
Owner and Design/Builder.
ARTICLE 12
TERMINATION OF THE AGREEMENT
12.1 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER
12.1.1 This Part 2 may be terminated by the Owner upon
fourteen days' written notice to the Design/Builder in the
event that Ihe Project is abandoned. If such termination
occurs, the Owner shall pay the Design/Builder for Work
completed and for proven loss sustained upon materials,
equipment, tools, and construction equipment and ma-
chinery, including reasonable profit and applicable
damages.
12.1.2 If the Design/Builder defaults or persistently fails or
neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents or fails to perform the provisions of
Part 2, the Owner may give written notice that the Owner
intends to terminate Part 2. If the Design/Builder fails to
correct the defaults, failure or neglect within seven days
after being given notice, the Owner may then give a second
written notice and, after an additional seven days, the
Owner may without prejudice to any other remedy make
good such deficiencies and may deduct the cost thereof
from the payment due the Design/Builder or, at the Owner's
option, may terminate the employment of the Design/
Builder and take possession of the site and of all materials,
equipment, tools and construction equipment and ma-
chinery thereon owned by the Design/Builder and finish
the Work by whatever method the Owner may deem expe-
dient. If the unpaid balance of the contract sum exceeds
the expense of finishing the Work, the excess shall be paid
to the Design/Builder, but if the expense exceeds the un-
paid balance, the Design/Builder shall pay the difference to
the Owner.
12.2 TERMINATION BY THE DESIGN/BUILDER
12.2.1 If the Owner fails to make payment when due, the
Design/Builder may give written notice of the Design/Build-
er's intention to terminate Part 2. If the Design/Builder fails
to receive payment within seven days after receipt of such
notice by the Owner, the Design/Builder may give a second
written notice and, seven days after receipt of such second
written notice by the Owner, may terminate Part 2 and
recover from the Owner payment for Work executed and
for proven losses sustained upon materials, equipment,
tools, and construction equipment and machinery, includ-
ing reasonable profit and applicable damages.
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
· AlA' . @1985 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE
NW., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006 '
A191.1985
PART 2-PAGE 9
ARTICLE 13
BASIS OF COMPENSATION
The Owner shall compensate the Design/Builder in accordance with Article 5, Payments, and the other provisions of this Part
2 as described below.
13.1 COMPENSATION
13.1.1 FOR BASIC SERVICES, as described in Paragraphs 2.2.2 through 2,2.17, and for any other services included in Article 14
as part of Basic Services, Basic Compensation shall be as follows:
13.2
13.2.1
REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES
Reimbursable Expenses are in addition to the compensation for Basic and Additional Services and include actual
expenditures made by the Design/Builder in the interest of the Project for the expenses listed as follows:
13.3
13.3.1
FOR REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES, compensation shall be a multiple of ) times the amounts
expended,
INTEREST PAYMENTS
The rate of interest for past due payments shall be as follows:
(Usury laws and reqUIrements under the Federal Truth In Lending Act, similar state and local consumer credit laws and other regulatIOns at the Owners
and Design/Builders principal places of business, at the location of the Project and elsewhere may affect the validity of thiS provision, Specific legal
advice should be obtained with respect to deletion, modification or other requirements, such as written disclosures or waivers.)
13.2.2
A191-1985
PART 2-PAGE 10
AlA DOCUMENT A191, Part 2 . OWNER.DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
. AlA' . @1985 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,
N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C. 20006
ARTICLE 14
OTHER PROVISIONS
14.1 The Basic Services to be periormed shall be commenced on and, subject to authorized
adjustments and to delays not caused by the Design/Builder, Substantial Completion shall be achieved
in () calendar days,
14.2 The Basic Services beyond those described in Article 2 are: None
14.3 The Design/Builder shall submit an Application for Payment on the twenty-fi fth of each month.
14.4 The Design/Builder's Proposal includes:
(List below: thiS Part 2, Supplementary and other Conditions, the draWIngs, the speCifications, and ModdicatlOns, shOWing page or sheet numhers In all
cases and dates where applicable to define the scope of Work.)
This Part 2 Agreement, Supplemental Terms and Conditions, pages 1 through 13, the Bid Documents as
enumerated in the Table of Contents for the Wastewater Treatment Plant and Utilities, dated January
1993 as modified by Addendum No.1 dated January 20, 1993, and the Design/Build written proposal
for Part 2, Final Design and Construction, dated April 6, 1993, and the General Requirements,
Sections 00970,00980,01027,01028,01200,01310,01370, 01385, 01410, 01510, 01520, 01550, 01560,
01580, 01590, 01595, 01600, 01630, 01650, 01670, 01700, 01710, 01720, and 01730, as attached.
This Part 2 entered into as oi the day and year iirst written above,
OWNER
Monroe County Board of County Commissioners
DESIGN/BUILDER
Allen's Environmental Equipment, Inc.
:r <L c,k L l) nJ 0 n
BY
BY
aR1/~
(Seal)
Attest: Danny l. Kolhage, Clerk
By: ...~J~ C. ~~
Date: 0'1" /'-1" 9~
AlA DOCUMENT A191, P~rt:Z . OWNER-DESIGN/BUILDER AGREEMENT . FIRST EDITION
. AIA<< . @1985 . THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ARCHITECTS, 1735 NEW YORK AVENUE,
N.W., WASHINGTON, D.C 20006
A191.1985
PART 2.PAGE 11
181 Whitehead Insurance, Inc.
April 7, 1993
Monroe County
Board of County Commissioners
5100 College Road, Stock Island
Key West, FL 33040
RE: ALLEN'S ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT, INC.
WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT & UTILITIES
Gentlemen:
We have approved the final Performance & Payment Bond for the
above referenced project contingent upon receipt and review of
the final contract.
Upon receipt of the signed and approved final contract, we will
execute the Performance and payment Bond within 48 hours.
If you have any additional questions, please do not hesitate to
gi ve me a call.
Very truly yours,
UNlJED PACIFICv/~~CE
RJ~&?t f~~R~'"
Attorney In Fact and
Florida Resident Agent
COMPANY
RML/cs
1101 North Lake Destiny Road, Suite 245
Maitland, Florida 32751
PO. Box 940967
Maitland, Florida 32794-0967
Phone (407) 660-8180 I FAX (407) 660-2296
1131 American Business Insurance
- an Southeast /nc, company -
UNITED PACIFIC IN8UB,ANCE COMPANY
HEAD Or-rICE, FEDEnAL WAY, WASHINGTON
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I<NOW ALL MEN'OV nU:SE pnl:Sl:tlTS, ThllllhfllJNITEO PACIFIC INSIJnANCl: COMPMIV, "COlrtornllon duly oronnll11" undM Ih" Inwe IIllhe
Slllfl 01 WAehlnglon, does hflreby mAkfl, conlllllulft Ind appolnl J. MrJJ:k Whi teheac1, Ri.chard M. I.rJllue, llr., ll. Mark
W,itehead, Jr., Drendn S. Jl.oberts and Cindy Shaft, individually, of M.1it.1a.nd, Florida,
/.
~.. .:
Ilelrult and Inwlul AlIornfly.ln.r:Acl, 10 mllktt. flltllCule. u.land dollvflr lor nnd on II, bohnrt, Itnd ults Itcl end dfled any and n11 bonds 'i;' ,:
and undertakings of Suretysh,ip, " ,
IInd 10 bind IIut UtllTED PACIFIC INsunANCE COMPANY Ih","by lI!t lully IInd 10 Ihl! IIl1ml! Illllnnl n!I " lIuch honrfllnnd IInrllll\lIklno, Ilnrf olhe,
wrlllnOIl obllg"lory In Ihfl nl"'rfllhfl'flOI Wllrfl elgn.,d by In Ellecullvfl OllIe", ollhflUNITEO PACIFIC INSURM/CE COMPANY end sealed and , '
allulfld by one olherol auch olllce", Ind hfl,tby rallllltS Ind conllrms all Ih.1 1I11uld AlIorney(,).ln.Facl may do In pUflUftnce hereol, ',:
1hn row", 01 AllornllY Is glnnlllrl "ndnr lInd by lIulho,lly 01 Mllr:lfl VII 01 Ihll ny.l"w, 01 UtllTEO PACIFIC IHsunANCE COMPANV whloh
becameellflcllvfI Sflplembflr 7,1070, which provlslonl Irt now In lull lorel Ind IIIecl, ",ndlno IS lollows: .
'i:.:e'~>:'
-..,.1.;"' .
,
ARTICLE VII - EXECUTION OF nON OS AND UNDERTAKINGS
1, Thll bonrd 01 OI'IIClolll. Ihl Pruldflnl, Ihll Chllrmln 01 thll honrrl, Any S"nlnr VIr:1I Prll!llrlllnl, nny Vie.. Prn,ldonl or Aul!!l"nl Vlee
Prosldllnl 0' olhll' olllc"r dlle1an"lfld by Ihfl Board 01 Dlreclortlllhn!l hltvII pow"r llnd nulhorllylo (n)lIrtPolnl AllorneYII.ln.F"r.l "nd In ltulhorlte
Ihllm 10 ewecvlfl nn bllh~" 01 thfl Comp"ny, bondtlltnd vnderl.klnO!l, 'flcoonlunCIl!l, conlrnc18 ollndflmnlly IInd olhl" w"lIngll obllgalory In Ih.
nllvre Ihflrflol, and (b) 10 'flmove Iny lIuch Allo,nfly.ln.F.ol Illny IImfl Ind rflvoke Ihfl pow." and lIulho,lty glvfln 10 him.
. I
2. Allo,nnYII.ln.FlIell1hnJl hlVfI POWfl' lInd IUlhorlty, tluhlllcl 10 Ihft Inrms lInd IImllntlons ollhllPowe, nl 1I1l0'MY IUUfld 10 them, 10
flllllculn nnd dollvll' on bllhltll 01 Ihlt Com!lllny, bond I Rnd unrlll,lnl<lnO!l. ,,,coonlunco!!, conl,ncl, ollndl!mnlly nnd Olh"r wrlllngtl obllOftlOry In
II", n11ll1rll Ihll'flOI, Thfl co,pornlllu"ll" nol MCUUry lor Ihe valldllyol .ny bonds "nd unde'IAklngs, ,ecognltancu, conl"cle 01 Indlmnlty Ind
olhor wrlllngl obllgalory In Ihl n.lu" Ihereol. , .
3. AllomeYII.ln.r-lIcl "hI" hllve !lower lInd ""lho,lIy 10 ""l1culll II IIldnvlt !I rllqulrlld 10 bllllllnehl!d 10 bonds. fllcoonltllncfl!l, eonlrftclll 01
Inrlllmnlly 0' olhllr condlllonnl or obllO.lory unde,tAklng" And IhllY IIh"II nlllO hllVII !lOWIl' ftnd aulhorlty 10 cerllly Ihe IInlnollllllllllnlenl of Ihe
Company ftnd 10 coplu 01 Ihe by.Llwe o/Ihe Company or .ny IIlIole or IlIcllon IhflfllOl,
Thlll'lownrol ,"arMY IlIlllgnlld Ind lInllled by IlIclIlmllllllndflr lInd bV Ilvth"'''V 01 Ih" lollnwlno nll!lolullon IIdOllllld by Ihll ROllrd 01 Olrnelo'lI 01
UNITED PACIFIC INSUnANCE COMPANY .Ia tnflflllno held on Ihe 61h dRY 01 Junfl, 1979,11 which ft Quo,um wu p"lenl, Ind uld Ruolullon hu
nol been Imended or fflpulfld:
"n,,!!olverl, Ihlll II", "Ionllur" 01 IIl1ch dl,,,olorll',,nd olllc"r!lnnd Ihll !In"I 01 Ihll Com"nny m"y ben"'lIfl,I 10 "ny !luck
pow", olallorn"y 0' IIny ce,lI11olll11 rfllllllno Ihflr"lo hy IlIolllmll", IInd IIny 1I11r:h J'lownr olllllornllY or 0",11111:111. b""rlng
Illlch luolmllfl lIlon"luru 0' l"c"I"1IIfI Ifill IIhllll he Vlllld IInd hlnc/lno Ul'on I"" Comrt"ny "nd "ny luch "OW'" lIO
III1f1CUlfld IInd cll,lIf1fld by "Clllmllfl elonaluru Indl""llmlll !llllll 11",,11 be vnlld and blndlno upon thflComplny In Ihe
lulurfl with ,u/lflcllo .ny bond 0' undeflaklno 10 whIch II Ie III1I1Chfld,"
IN WITNESS WHEnEOF, Ihe UHITEO "ACIFIC INsunANCE COMPANV h"., cluled Ihfl~" "ruenl!! 10 be IIlgnfld bV II, Vlcl P,uldenl, end III
corpollluullo bt h,'lIlo ,"Ixtd, thl, 14tJ1 dlY 01 October 1ll'J 1 .
;;z2/!ZZ2NV
Vice rreltld"nl
II.
STATI: OF
COUNTY Or-
Penn!iy1vania
Philadelphia
On Ihlll Hl:h dllyol October O,arles D. Schll\:,lz
10 mn known 10 b" Ih" Vlcn.P,uldltnl 01 Ihe UNITEO PACIFIC INSUnANCF. COMrAIJV, "nff ncl<nowllll'Qnd Ihlll hI! lIllf!culnd IInd 1I11""lfld the
10lnoolno Inlllrum"nl find 1111111 lid 1"" "ul 01 uld cOlporlllon Ihllr 0, IInd Ihlll Arllcl" VII, Secllan 1.2, IInd J 01 Ihfl ny.L,wI 01 ""'d company Ind
Ihe nnolullan, 1111 lo,lh Ihflrflln, l'fleWI In lull lorefl. ~)~ " C,, . . .
..... . '("f
~ ~r ~
/I
- lIl... ti". ~
C',..." fo,)".
ff.'hr1l:l 11'
,1093
NolAry Public In Ind lor Slftle 01
My Commlulon Exp"":
nuldlno III Philadelphi.a.
I, ^nita 7,ippert ,lIlIlfkl:JlttSflcrfllllry 01 Ih" UNITED MCIFlC "'sunAtICE COMrM-IV, 110 h"rflby r:nrllly Ihnl the Ilbove
"nd lorlloolno II Atrtll Ind corrflct copy 01 I Power 01 AlIorney llIlflculed by UNITED "ACIFlC INsunANCE COMPANY, whIch 'I sllllln lull lorce
IInd elllcl.
10930
Bond #U215 42 79
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
BY THIS BOND, We Allen's Ehvi.n:rIrEntal Eq..ripra1t, :IrI:. , as Principal
and lhi.:terl Pcci.fic IrEurarx:e Cl::npnf , a corpora t ion,
a s Surety, are bound to M:n:re ChJnty Ihn:d of Ch.I1ty O::mn:i.ss:ia'a
herein called Owner # in the sum of $ 580,441.00
for payment of which we bind ourselves, or heirs, personal
representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1. Performs the contract dated ,
19 , between Principal and Owner for construction of
W:lst:e W:lter:' TrEalnt:lrt... Plant & utilities, M:mt:e (b. Dstalt:im Fa::ilitw the contract
being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and
in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in
Section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with
labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by
Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the
contract and;
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and
attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner
sustains because of a default by Principal under the
contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished
under the contract for the time specified in the contract,
then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance
with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes
does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond.
DATE ON
A{:ril 19,
, 19 93
Allen's Ehvi.n:rIrEntal Eq..ripra1t, In::.
(NAME OF
BY
U1itErl Pcci.fic Im.1rarce O:np:ny
( OF S ETY)
R::s:id:nt l'g:nt
BY
R:ic:hird M. l.aR.E, Jr.,Attarrny In
UNITED PoL_..0IFIC INSUB,ANC. COMPANY
HEAD OFFICE, FEDEn^L WAV, W^SHINGTON
POWER OF ATTORNEY
I(NOW "LL MEN'ovnll:sE pneSENTS, Thill Ihe UNITED PACIFIC INSlJn^"ICr.: COW'MIV. A cO'l'ornllon dilly orgllnl",d undnr Ih" IIlWI 01 Ihft
SI.le of W.llhlnolon, does hereby m.kll, conslllulfl .nd appolnl J. M.-"lJ:k Whl tehead, Richard H. l.r"lnue, ~lr., ,1. Mark
Whitehead, Jr., Drenda S. Roberts and cindy Shaft, indivi.dually, of Hciitland, Florida,
:. ,j;.
118 IrUll And IlIwful Allornlly.ln.FAcl,lo mllkll.uecule. auland dllllver 'or And on lis bohAIf, And IIA 118 ecl And deed
and undert.akings of Suretysh,ip,
any and all bonds' \',:'"i
. ~', i' II ~
and 10 bind Ihft U~lITED PACIFIC fNSURANCE COMPANY Iherflby u fully IInd 10 Ihft "nrTHllllllnnl '" "lIl1ch honrlllllnd unrlllrlllklngs lInd olhe,
wrlllnOll obllOlllory fn Ihfl n,IIIrfllhe,eol wII,e algnfld by In Eucl/llve Olllc", ollhfl UNITED P^CIFIC INSlJR^,,'CE COMPANY and lIell.d and
.Illllled by on. olhero' luch olflc.". and her.by r.Un81 .nd conflrma IlIlhll lis IlIld Allo,ney(s).ln.Fecl may do In pur.uenc. h.reo'. ,'"
Th" Powflfof AllornflY 18 orllnllld \lndtlr IInd by AI/lhorlly 01 A,IIr-1f1 VII ollhll Dy.lllws of UNITED PACIFIC INSUMNCE COMPANV which
beclIme effective S.pl.mber 7,1078, which p,ovlllon. .,. now In lulllo,ca.nd effecl. 'lIadlno 8!1 followS:
'( ,': (~:~; :: :::::.'
. ," .
j. I
ARTICLE VII- EXECUTION OF OONOS AND UNDERtAKINGS
1. Thn bOllrd o. DlrtlClo'll, Ihe Prnldenl. Ihll Chalrmln 01 Ihll hOllrfl. IIny Snnlor Vlr.ll r",!!ldllnl, IIny Vie" rrnslrlllnl 0' AII!!I!!lnnl Vlee
Pruldllnl ,,, olhflr offlcll' dllllonAled by Ihe Doard 01 DlreclorA IIhllll hllvllpowlIr IInd lIulhorlly 10 (1Ill1l'polnl ^"",neYIl.ln.FAcl IInd 10 eulho,II'
Ihllm 10 utlcul. on bnhAIf of Ihe Company, bondl ,nd underlaklno!!, recoonlunctl!!, conlrnels ollndemnlly end olh",w,llInga obllgalory 1ft th'
nllu,e Ihe,eo/, Ind (b) 10 ,emoye Iny .uch Allorn.y.ln.Flel .1 .ny Ume .nd revoke Ihe powe, Rnd aulho,lIy gly.n 10 hIm.
. I
2. Allor""YI.'n.Fllclllhlln haye power IInd 'Ulhorlly, lublllCl 10 Ihll hHmllllnd IImllllllons ollhft pOWllr olllllo'""y 11I!ll/lld 10 IhfJm.lo
ftllncl/llIlInd dllllvlI' on behlllf of Ihfl CempAny. bondll .nd underlIlI<Ino!!. f1JCoonllllnCIl!l, conl,"cIs of Indemnlly IInd olhll' wrlllng' oblloalory In
Ihft nlllll'" Ihllreol. The eo,po",lll llIlllllI not nllc....ry lor Ihe vllldlty of Iny bondlllnd undllrlllklngs. recognlllnC8l. conl,acl. ollndemnlly .nd
olhll,wrlllnOI obllgalory In Ih. nllur.lh.,.of. ,
3. AllomeYII.ln.r-lIcl IIhall hllVfJ powe, And IIUlhorlty 10 flllllculllllllldllVII!! '''((IIlrnd 10 "" IIIInchlld 10 hondl. ,ecognlrllnc!l', conlrllcl' o.
Indllmnlly or olhll' oondlllonlll 0' obllOlllory underlAklnOllllnd IIHIY IIhllll AIIIO hAvn "ownr .nd ,ulhorlly 10 c.,tlfy Ih. flnlnclllalalen1enl of Ihe
Comp.ny .nd 10 copln ollha Dy.L.ws 01 Ih. Company or 'ny ,,"cla or ItIcllon Ihtl'lIof.
Thn powllrof 'llornllY 11I1IIOMd ,nd IInllled by IlIolllmlfe under lInd by Ilulhmlty 01 \1111 following n"solullon IIdoflled by Ihe BOArd 01 Dlrnclora o'
UNITED PACIFIC INSUR^NCE COMPANY .I.meetlng h.ld on Ihe !'ilh dAyof June.1g79.1I1 which. quorum WI!! pr..enl. and 8lI1d R'lIolullon hIS
not been .mendlld or r.pealed:
"nllsolvllrl. Ihlll Ihflll1onlllllr" olllllch dlrllclorll'lInd olllcllr!! IInd Ihll !lnlll 01 Ihn Com"nny mllY blllllfllled 10 IIny !Iuch
flow"r 01 Allorney or IIny ce,tlllclIllI ~!llllllno Ihe'lll" hy IlIclllmlln, IInd IIny III1r.h Ilowtlr 01 lI11or""y 0' cllrtlllc"I. bllllrlna
,,"ch luclmll. 1I10n"Iur"lI or IlIcllrr"l1e lIul IIhllll tI. VlIlld "nd hlndlno upo" Ihn Comfl""y IInd IIny lIuch pow", 110
!lIlIlCIII"d IInd Cllrllfled by "Clllmllealgnlllu,ell .nd I "Ill Imll II 111111 lIhllll be v,lId and binding upon Ih.Comp.ny In Ih.
lulu,. wllh ,..p.cllo any bond or und.rlaklng 10 which II's allllched."
IN WITNESS WI-lEREOf!, Ihtl u~mEO PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY h"" cAuud Ihe!!n ortlllenls 10 b. .lon.d by II. Vlc. "'tIIIldenl. .nd ".
corporale "1110 bl h.relo a"llIId, Ihl, 14t,J1 dlY 01 October 11YJ 1 ,
;;z2i/J:Z2NV
Vlc. r,.lldonl
Onlhlll
Penn!;ylvanla
Philadelphia
14 t:.h dllY 01
...
ST^Tt: or-
COUNTY or-
October
d,arles 13. Schrn:"llz
10 mil known 10 bll Ihll Vlcn.Prllllldenl 01 Ih. UNITED PACIFIC INSUR^NCF. COMr^IJV, nncl IIcknowlndQnd Ihlll hllllllf!Culnd nnd ""!lllled Ihe
lornoolno 'nlllrumnnlllnd "IIlxed Ihflu" of IIIIId corpo,.Uon Ihllr O.lInd Ihlll ArUc11l VII, SlIcllon 1,2, find 3 of IheDy.Llw, of uld comflAny .nd
Ihe RelIolu"on, 8111 forlh Ihereln, ara .1111 In full lorc.. ~)~ " f:'., . .
'..- .,,/ f
~ "foo.~
/I
~ "... ,..!-'
~'''.v ,,,,"
f~hn 1:1 ry.
,1093
HolAry Public In and for 51.1.01
My Commlulon Explr..:
nllllldlno II philadelphia
I, ^nita Zippert. . nlMM1:M1CSecrfllllry ollhll UN1TF.O r^ctrlC 1IJsunMICE COMr^NV, rln h","hy r.nrtlly Ihnllhellbove
"nd lornoolno II A hu. Ind correal copy aI' Power 0/ ^I\o,n.y execuled by UNITED P^CIFIC INSUR^NCE COMF'ANY. which '1111111 In lull/o,c.
end ellecl.
10 9~
In ool1&idcration of Ihe premiums charged on Ihe in.s.....(l~ policies shown in Ihis .;x:nificalc. Ihis ocnitic:atc ili ...sued 10 lhe omifiate holder ~hov.'n below. This
ocnifiC3te docs not amend, extend or aller the cover2ge afforded by the policies listed below exeeptJas shown below.
II NAME... ADDRESS OF INSUREO: \./ COMPANlIiS AFFORDING COVERAGES ,
Y )
AlIens Environmental Equipment fxttpaay l.4Utl' A
719 Commerce Circle Travelers Indemnity
Longwood, FL 32750 ;t~}
\:-P;O"Y f..o;clcr S
NAM!;: '" AODRF,.,,<;S 01' AOENCY: \~~; -J.ocP'ny Leua C
\ "\~ ' C::>cnPO"Y ~~r 0
J P Perry Insurance \J\ l'
3342 Kori Road
Jacksonville, FL 32257 Con:p31ly ~ler E
This is 10 tertiI)' 1.'l.3, <be insUr.lI)Qe poIicieo li<ted bel"", ~ been iu...,,,, lo the in....C<:'d and or$ c,,(orred ~I 'bi. lime. It is .sr- (b.t none <i <b_ pol;..... ";11 be C1IlC>OlI~d .". cbJ>n3ed ..;thou, p"~di"g 60 dllp
wnu.n notire of IU.:b ~n<<ll.u.,,, << <b.,,!e '" tIlo ""rtir.".,e lIolder. .XCcpl 30 doyo for Won:erl' Cm>pen,"";on.
I COLTR TYPE 01' INSURANCE POLlCY # EFFSC'nVF.. DA'n;: E.XP1R.ATION DAn ^LL LlMm IN THOUSANDS
I Genonl l..oability Oe>cnl A$.Y"'&",e $
o c"mrnere;al GenerolU.bility Pro.;....:".("...omp/O!" AW.SO'. ~ I
o Call'" Mode o C)(.rurr."""
o Owner'. &. Can~.:tO" ~ P.........",I '" Akrti.ing In!u.')' $
I o x. Co U, c.-ngC$ E.actl Ocxurrence $-
I
I o &Olld 1'".... I'rt'pcrty o..G'III~ Fire l)ltllll$<' (a"Y one r.",) s
a lDclcpendenl Coo~ Me&al ~nk S
a Blanket CooU'&c:(u.ol (...,. '""" penon)
AUIO,l)Ql.\M U.ibility ~1~IUf)'
I o Any Auto (~Cll Pc""",,,,) $
o All """,cd AUlo)t (~b Accident) S i
C Sr.beduled Allto. l'ropt:tt:t o.....S" $
o Hi~ AutOt ~ L~ju'Y .nd I'top"rty S
o.~ c"",biJ>ed
C Non~ AUlot
e.-. Lillbili<y
a U a>brello P<>tm 5odi~' :n)ucy oM Property S
I a O;bc:T ti1;;tl Umbrl=ll. For.o ();,~ C:x>>.,;nGd
1 o a.ilD$ Malk
c~
A won-no' Com~tiOn .nd PB418K539 12/13/92 12/13/93 Warun' ComP<'nsatiOn SUlut()(y
Employen' Li.biliry
592 Empl.~..' Li.biliLy $1 ,000 DC
I I Other I -r I I -\ $ I
Com-.,.., Monroe Coon~. Monroe c.ounty 8M..., 0( County ~a>i..i""... Ond Momoon.KnU<l..,nlOemlA ... n.mod .s >04..ionol inlurodt ....lh respect U) 0: O.n.",1 U.bility, Vehicle l.iabil;!)', Prof_ional
Li.bility and Elrteu Uab'lity Policies.
/"'\ /l ,-.....
1'1."", .nd A44re04 oC !.be CeftJr""'t. H~ 1);1", Issued: l!..n,..;' Q 'QQ~ ( , / / / /
Monroe Count)' .T p ,T,.. '-xi I /, 7 vA. ~ ,l') ~,
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits Aut.bori~ Rcpreenlilllj\l~'
v //(/
SOW College Road Addr~: 3342 Kori Road
K~ WCSI. F10rida 33040 Jacksonville, FL 32257 .-
I r.l.poonc: 904-268-7310
,
TheTravelerSj
rhe Travelers Insurance Companies
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND
EMPLOYERS LIABILITY POLICY
(Each A Stock Insurance Company)
Hartford, CT 06183-4040
CHANGE DOCUMENT WC 99 99 98 (00)
POLICY NUMBER (6-UB-418K539-5-92)
CHANGE EFFECTIVE DATE: 02-23-93
NeCI co CODE: 10804
INSURER: THE TRAVELERS INSURANCE COMPANY
INSURED's NAME: SUNSHINE UTILITY EQUIPMENT/
SEE ENDORSEMENT WC 99 06 01
This change is issued by that member of The Travelers Insurance Com-
panies which issued the pol icy and forms a part of the pol icy. It is
agreed that the pol icy is amended as follows:
An absence of an entry in the premium spaces below means that the
premium adjustment, if any, wi 11 be made at time of audit.
ADDITIONAL PREMIUM $ 60
ADDITIONAL NON-PREMIUM $ NIL
RETURN PREMIUM $
RETURN NON-PREMIUM $ NIL
-
.-
-
.
-
-
Employers Liabi I ity Increased Limits percent is amended to read as
f 01 lows:
-
-
-
STATE
FL
PERCENT
3.300
EMPL LIAB PREM
75
EMPL LIAB EXCESS PREM
NONE
STAT CODE
9812
-
-
-
~
-
=
-
-
'"
M
on
~
'"
Employers Liabi I ity Pol icy Minimum is amended to read: $
75
Employers Liabi I ity Limits
Bodily Injury by Accident:
Bodily In~ury by Disease:
Bodily Injury by Disease:
r
amended to read:
1000000 Each Accident
1000000 Policy Limit
1000000 Each Employee
Add For Employers Liabi I ity Min (9848) is amended to read:
21
-
-
.
-
><=
-
.~
J. P. PERHY INSU:;~.:.;cT
DATE OF ISSUE: 03-09-93GJ CHANGE NO: 1 PAGE 1 OF LAST
POL EFF DATE: 12-13-92 POL EXP DATE: 12-13-93 ST ASSIGN: FL
OFFICE: ORIND 870 DISTRICT: c-06 AUDIT CTR: ORLANDO (A)
PRODUCER: J P PERRY INSURANCE INC 257RP COUNTERSIGNED-AGENT
04-13-1993 02:39PM
FROM AEEI
TO
MVNKU!:. CUUNTY
6602296
P.04
In CQnsidcnuion of the premiums thargcd on the ill$uranre politiCi $hown in thi$ cx:niflC.3lc, this ceniOcale is i$5ued to the Cer1iflCale holdc:r shO'ol.'n below. This
ccr1ilic:ate does not amend, ~end or alter the: covcra~ all'orda1 ~ the: p:llicics listed qclow ~pt as shown be.low.
If
'i~E to ADDRESS Of' INSURli.O:
Allen's Environmental Equipment, Inc.
719 Commerce Circle
Longwood, Florida 32750
v/'v
~~
1\
\)
j)\"I~
r\ ~~j..J , \"y
\1"\\ 'IV ~\'t\
COMPA\;JES AJo'FORDJ!\/<;l COVERAGES
ComPOIlY Lcuor 8
CoalpoIIY LoI.t.cc' A
Aetna C&S of America
N^,~E 4l ADDRESS Of AGg.\;CY;
ABI Whitehead Insurance, Inc.
P.O. Box 940967
Maitland, Florida 32794-0967
ComPOIIY ~llcr C
CoIIIIltIl)' Leuer I;)
Coa,peny Leu... E
Aetna Casualty & Surety
'!bi. io 10 ccnit)' III., lh. in.v...... poli~ ij,lcd belclw b:wc ko:Il......" 10 th. ill$ur..,: atMl ..... .nrC>lUd II \bil Ume. II illVMd lIla! ~ 0( these pol~ "III be cancelled Of ~bl"SCd withoul pI'<>viding 60 d.)'.
mUm l10ticc 0( ouch 'lID(cll.Uon of <l>>~&c 10 !be cenjflale boI4<<, .:;.tcpl 30 dayo (or WOIt.rs' Cotn~Uon.
CO L 1'R
"IYJ'E Of tl'SURANCE
POUCY #
EFFECt1~ DAlE
EXPllA nON D-':rn
(lena'lll Lilbilil)l
A
C Commercial C;enoml Liabilily
a Cl.im. M.de
IX Occum!noe
35C02253 12/13/92
1:;71=".1
12/13/93
COwer', &: Conl./'04COl'J p~
C X. C U, ('.overagn
C Rr0.>4 POr1ll Property Da~~
.I=.
C InclepeDden. ('.Qnltlool<ln
o Blanket Con'f'llo(\l11
AUlCotl\OOiJe Ulbili<y
^
YJ Ant AUlo
1~2rJ2235
12/13/93
12/13/92
o All owned A\llOo
C Seh<<lvled Au,...
~ liire;t A,"~
:iJ Non ,Owned A\llOO
Exc.... l.i.l>il,l)'
C Umbrelia PQ/'lll
o Other ~n U...brella FOIlIl
o o.ims Made
Q o-.m.n<<
WOlte..' <'_pm..tion .nd
Empbyers' U.lIilily
B
~ Equipment Floater
35IH22536
157 12/13/92
12/13/93
AlL L.IMm IN TI-lOl.JSANOS
0.""",1 Au~ple $ 2,000
Pn>ducl>.('.Q(l)~/Opo AIlI""p.e $
2,000
Pen.on.l It Advenilin& l~j\lty $ 1,000
Eo<h ~lTe_ $ 1,000
Fire ~""'~ hllY on. Ii...) S 100
Mc:diQl E.pen... $ 5
hl'l)' one penon)
80dily Injury
(Each Penon) S
(Each A~nl) $
Propertyo.'Ilt~ $
!lQdll)' Injury .nd hopeny S 1,000
Oll....sc Combined
8<>4il)' Injury .nd Propeny
Damlg_ CoID~nc4
$ ,
Woct.ers' Compet)(.tOOrl
~tal\lIOly
Em~' Liltbilil)l
Cloalmel)~: MOll_ County, MODro<! CoullI)' &..rc1 0( CoUllI)' Com.....;""".. OIKI Mormoa.ltnuds.enIOeniCll ...e Dalllcll .. Addillonll imuredl '6illl tapect ... UIe (l~....t Ulbilil)'. Vcbid. Uabjl;1)', Prof_kin. I
~ilY aacI E.ces. l.4bilil)' Palicia,
$58,500 Schedulep
Q....."',,;,,1 Form/ACV/$500 Ded
1'1._ and Add...... Q( 1M Certif_ HoI<kr:
Monroe County
C/o Monison.KnudsenlOerr:ilS
S09() CoUege Road
I<ey Weill, Florida 33040
.......
Apr11116 199t
Autborized ~Ialive: \~ ~ J.
P.O. Box 940967,
Inl. bsued:
1
VV
\ J
~
T~
(407) 660-8180
:\
" ,........
'- (/ i )
eta.- \C A,.J}
Maitland, FfIJ
.,
I
rida 32794-0967
TnTOI P 01/1
CERTIPICATE OF INSURANCE;
PRODUCER
Kuykendall Insurance Aqency
2702 East Robinson
")rlando, FL
J2803
PHONE 407-894-5431
- ; ~~~;~~ - - - - - - - -- - -- - - - - - - - -(\J - -
,j \
Hartman , Associates
201 E Pine st, Suite
Orlando PL
32802
CSR SG 03 02 93
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND
CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE
DOES NOT AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE
POLICIES BELOW.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGE
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY LETTER A Safeco Insurance companies
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY LETTER B FCCI
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY LETTER C
Reliance Insurance Co
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY LETTER D
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMPANY LETTER E
> COVERAGES <====================================================================================================================
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY
PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO
WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO
ALL TERMS, EXCLUSIONS, AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CO
LTR
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
POll CY EF F
DATE
POll CY EXP
DATE
LIMITS
--- ------------------------------- --------------------------- --------------- -------------- ----------------------------------
GENERAL LIABILITY
~ [ ] COMMERCIAL GEN LIABILITY
[ ] CLAIMS MADE [X] OCC.
SP2173667
GENERAL AGGREGATE 2,000,00
------------------- --------------
07/12/92 07/12/93 PROD-COMP/OP AGG. 2,000,00
[ ] OWNERS'S & CONTRACTOR'S
PROTECTIVE
EACH OCCURRENCE
1,000,00
PERS. & ADV. INJURY 1,000,00
[ ]
[ ]
FIRE DAMAGE
(ANY ONE FIRE)
50,000
- ------------------------------- --------------------------- --------------- -------------- ------------------- --------------
MED. EXPENSE
(ANY ONE PERSON) 5 , 000
AUTOMOBILE LIAB
COMB. SINGLE LIMIT 1,000,00
A rX1 ANY AUTO
[ ] ALL OWNED AUTOS
[ ] SCHEDULED AUTOS
[ ] HIRED AUTOS
[ ] NON-OWNED AUTOS
[ ] GARAGE LIABILITY
[ ]
BA2173667
07/12/92 07/12/93 BODILY INJURY
(PER PERSON)
BODILY INJURY
(PER ACCIDENT)
PROPERTY DAMAGE
------------------------------- --------------------------- --------------- -------------- ------------------- --------------
EXCESS LIABILITY
A rX1 UMBRELLA FORM Binder
[ ] OTHER THAN UMBRELLA FORM
EACH OCCURRENCE 1, 0 0 0 , 00
01/18/93 07/12/93 ------------------- --------------
AGGREGATE
--- ------------------------------- ---------------------------
--------------- -------------- ------------------- --------------
B WORKERS' COMP
AND
B EMPLOYERS' LIAB
25862
25862
X ISTATUTORY LIMITS
01/01/93 12/31/93 EACH ACCIDENT 1500,000
DISEASE-POL. LIMIT 500,000
01/01/93 12/31/93 DISEASE-EACH EMP. 500,000
--- ------------------------------- --------------------------- --------------- -------------- ----------------------------------
OTHER
C Prof. Liab NCP1497979-02 09/25/92 09/25/93 $1000000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS/VEHICLES/SPECIAL ITEMS
MONROE COUNTY , MONROE COUNTY
~OARD OP COMMISSIONERS ,
10RRISON-KNUDSEN-GERRITS
5090 COLLEGE ROAD
KEY WEST FL
33040
_ACORD 25-S (7/90)
WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANT , UTILITIES-MONROE COUNTY DETENTION FACILITY-
STOCK ISLAND FLORIDA-CERTIFICATE HOLDERS ARE ADDITIONAL INSUREDS
> CERTIFICATE HOLDER <===============================> CANCELLATION <============================================================
= SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EX-
= PIRATION DATE THEREOF, THE ISSUING COMPANY WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL 60
= DAYS WRITTEN NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT, BUT
= FAILURE TO MAIL SUCH NOTICE SHALL IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF
= ANY KIND UPON THE COMPANY, ITS AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES.
J M Ku kendall
=---------------------------------
= AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Design Build Contract
waste Water Treatment Plant , utilities
. SOLICITATION DOCUMENTS
. 00030 Notice of calling for Proposal
. 00100 Instructions for Submission of Proposals
. 00110 Design Build Proposal Package
. GENERAL CONDITIONS
. 00300 Scope of Work
. 00330 Milestone Schedule
. 00802 Insurance and Bonds
. 00970 project Safety and Health Plan
. 00980 Contractor Quality Control Plan
.
TECHNICAL
. 02721
. 02730
. 02732
. 02733
SPECIFICATIONS
Sewage Structures
sanitary Sewerage
Sewage Force Mains
Sewage Pump station
. HLM DRAWINGS
. Sheet 1.08A
. Sheet 1.17
. Sheet 11.00A
Final Site utilities Central
Pump station Grinder Details
Electrical site Lighting Plan
.
OWNER'S DESIGN DRAWINGS BY R. B. WILSON
. Sheet 1 of 5, dated 4/24/91, Rev. 1, dated 4/28/92
. Sheet 2 of 5, dated 5/13/91, Rev. 1, dated 4/28/92
. Sheet 3 of 5, dated 5/31/91, Rev. 1, dated 4/28/92
. Sheet 4 of 5, dated 5/06/91
. Sheet 5 of 5, dated 5/13/91
. THE PERMIT
. Pages 1 to 14 - Issued October 30, 1991 - Treatment Plant
. Pages 1 to 6 - Issued May 27, 1992 - Second Injection Well
. ENGINEERING REPORT
. Pages 1 to 16 - Prepared by R. H. Wilson & Assoc.
****************
END OF SECTION 00001
January 1993
TABLE OF CONTENTS
00001 - 1
SCHEDULE OF DRAWINGS
. HLK DRAWINGS
. Sheet 1.08A
. Sheet 1.17
. Sheet 11.00A
Final site utilities Central
Pump Station Grinder Details
Electrical site Lighting Plan
. OWNER'S DESIGN DRAWINGS BY R. H. WILSON
. Sheet 1 of 5, dated 4/24/91, Rev. 1, dated 4/28/92
. Sheet 2 of 5, dated 5/13/91, Rev. 1, dated 4/28/92
. Sheet 3 of 5, dated 5/31/91, Rev. 1, dated 4/28/92
. Sheet 4 of 5, dated 5/06/91
. Sheet 5 of 5, dated 5/13/91
MILESTONE SCHEDULE
Phase II Notice to Proceed
04/15/93
04/23/93
Phase II Final Design Complete
Complete Grinder, Lift Station, Wiring,
Controls and Piping to WWTP
06/01/93
Phase II Construction Substantially Complete
08/20/93
09/03/93
Plant Start-up Complete
HAl #93-042.00
Phase I Design Report
For
Monroe County Stock Island Detention
Facility
Wastewater Treatment Plant
Prepared For:
Monroe County
and
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
loint Venture
Prepared By:
Hartman & Associates, Inc.
AlIens Environmental Equipment, Inc.
and Reviewed by
R. H. Wilson & Associates, Inc.
March 26, 1993
Section
No.
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
Phase I Design Report
For
Monroe County Stock Island Detention Facility
Wastewater Treatment Plant
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title
Page
No.
Table of Contents
-i-
List of Tables
-IV-
List of Figures
-v-
INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose
1.2 Background
1.3 Project Scope
1-1
1-1
1-1
WASTEWATER FLOW PROJECTIONS
2.1 Introduction
2.2 Flow Projection
2.2.1 Detention Facility
2.2.2 Flow Projection
2.3 Wastewater Characteristics
2.4 Peak Flow Considerations
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-1
2-3
2-3
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Effluent Re-use
3.2 Effluent Limitation
3-1
3-4
BASIS OF DESIGN OF TREATMENT FACILITIES
4.1 General Process Description
4.1.1 Influent Characteristics
4.1.2 Hydraulic Profile
4-1
4-1
4-1
MAR/dn/R-A-l/toc.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
-1-
Phase I Design Report
For
Monroe County Stock Island Detention Facility
Wastewater Treatment Plant
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Section Page
No. Title No.
4.2 Preliminary Treatment 4-1
4.3 Flow Equalization 4-5
4.4 Flow Splitter Box 4-5
4.5 Aeration Zone 4-5
4.6 Secondary Clarifiers 4-10
4.7 Aerobic Digester 4-10
4.8 Effluent Filters 4-10
4.9 Chlorine Contact Basin 4-10
4.10 Substandard Storage and Disposal 4-15
4.11 Power Distribution and Controls 4-15
4.12 Plant Monitoring and Control 4-15
4.13 Chemical Feed Systems 4-16
4.13.1 Chlorination System 4-16
4.13.2 Polymer Feed System 4-16
4.14 Site Features 4-16
4.14.1 Access 4-16
4.14.2 Lighting 4-18
4.14.3 Landscaping 4-18
4.14.4 Drainage 4-18
4.15 Re-use System 4-18
5.0 RESIDUALS MANAGEMENT
5.1 Introduction 5-1
5.2 Regulatory Requirements 5-1
5.3 Proposed Solids Stabilization 5-8
MAR/dn/R-A-1/toc.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
-11-
Section
No.
6.0
Phase I Design Report
For
Monroe County Stock Island Detention Facility
Wastewater Treatment Plant
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)
Title
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
6.1 General
6.2 Materials of Construction
6.3 Electrical System
6.4 Plaint System
6.5 Aeration and Flow Equalization
6.5.1 Blowers
6.5.2 Air Diffusers
6.5.3 Walkway, Handrail and Ladder
6.6 Clarifier
6.7 Filters
Appendix A - References
Appendix B - Calculations
MAR/dn/R-A-lItoc.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
-111-
Page
No.
6-1
6-1
6-3
6-3
6-4
6-4
6-5
6-5
6-6
6-6
Table
No.
2-1
2-2
2-3
3-1
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
Phase I Design Report
For
Monroe County Stock Island Detention Facility
Wastewater Treatment Plant
LIST OF TABLES
Title
Detention Facility Permanent Population
Recommended Design Influent Wastewater Concentration
Design Flow
EP A Class I Reliability Requirements
Wastewater Characteristics
Design Flows
Hourly Flow Conditions Average Day Flow
Hourly Flow Conditions Max Day Flow
Aeration Basin Design Summary Extended Aeration Mode
Clarifier Design Summary
Effluent Filter Design Summary
Chlorine Contact Tank Design Summary
Title 40 Code of Federal Regulation Part 503 Heavy
Metal Limitations
Title 40 Code of Federal Regulation Part 503 Pathogen
Reduction Requirements
Wastewater Sludge Processing Classification and
Criteria Under Title 40 Code of Federal Regulation
Part 257
Title 40 Code of Federal Regulation Part 503
Vector Attraction Reduction
Aerobic Digester Design Summary
MARl dn/R-A-1/lot.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
-iv-
Page
No.
2-2
2-4
2-7
3-2
4-2
4-3
4-6
4-7
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-14
5-3
5-4
5-5
5-7
5-9
Phase I Design Report
For
Monroe County Stock Island Detention Facility
Wastewater Treatment Plant
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
No.
Title
Page
No.
4-1 Monroe County Stock Island Detention Facility WWTP 4-4
Process Flow Schematic
4-2 Hourly Flow Conditions Average Flow Condition 4-8
4-3 Hourly Flow Conditions Maximum Flow Condition 4-9
4-4 Proposed Site Plan 4-17
6-1 Proposed WWTP Plan 6-2
MARl dn/R -A-lIlof.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
-v-
SECTION 1
SECTION 1
INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE
This engineering report provides information and design criteria to be used in completing final
design of the Monroe County Detention Facility Wastewater Treatment Plant as required under
the Phase I services agreement between Monroe County and AlIens Environmental Equipment,
Inc.
1.2 BACKGROUND
Wastewater generated by the Monroe County Detention Center will be treated by use of an on-
site treatment system. To meet this need a wastewater treatment plant was designed and
Florida Department of Environmental Regulation (FDER) permit was obtained by Mr. Ron
Wilson, P .E. The design was based on the facility providing non-restricted public access
effluent. Thus, the facility was designed in accordance with Florida Administrative Code
(FAC) Chapter 17-600 series. Such effluent was to be used for toilet flushing, cooling tower
make-up water and on-site irrigation demands. Two (2) Class V injection wells were
permitted and will be constructed to dispose of excess effluent.
1.3 PROJECT SCOPE
In recent months several changes have occurred and new information been made available that
prompted the County to solicit design/build proposals for the wastewater treatment plant.
Specifically, zone F of the detention facility was eliminated and the on-site landscaping with
related irrigation was eliminated.
The project goal is to provide a cost effective on-site treatment system that will meet all
requirements of the F AC and produce an effluent that can be used in a non-restricted access
fashion. Also, the treatment plant will be in a modular form to allow for expansion when
additional detention facility zones are added or other county facilities are constructed.
MARldn/R-A-lISec1.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
1-1
Also, the value engineered facility proposed in this report may need to be reviewed and
approved by FDER. The F AC allows FDER staff to make modification to existing permits
when the proposed changes are still in compliance with the F AC and such changes are deemed
prudent by the engineer of record.
MARldn/R-A-lISec1.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
1-2
SECTION 2
SECTION 2
W ASTEW ATER FLOW PROJECTIONS
2.1 INTRODUCTION
This section presents the projected wastewater flows and the characteristics of such flow.
2.2 FLOW PROJECTIONS
2.2.1 Detention Facility
The Detention Facility will consist of 586 detainee beds The detention facility will be
equipped with full kitchen and laundry facilities. Grease traps are located on the
kitchen plumbing discharge lines to prevent excess grease from entering the wastewater
plant.
2.2.2 Flow Projection
Since this is a new facility and thus no historical data is available, textbook values must
be utilized to estimate flows.
A review of textbook sources reveals that institutional flows may range from 60 gpd to
159 gpd per person. This value is inclusive of laundry and kitchen demands but
exclusive of special demands, such as air conditioning side streams. For this reason
150 gpd per person will be utilized in projecting flow.
Table 2-1 presents the population of the detention facility by zone. Based on a detainee
population of 586 at 150 gpd per person the waste flow is expected to be 87,900 gpd.
In addition to the waste flow, cooling tower bleed-off will also be generated and treated
by the facility. This value has been provided as being a maximum of 17,280 gpd.
Thus, the total flow projected is 105,180 gpd.
MARl dn/R -A-1/Sec2.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
2-1
AREA
Zone A (Dormitory & Admin.)
Zone B (Mechanical Rooms)
Zone C (Kitchen)
Zone D (Cell Housing)
Zone E (Cell Housing)
Total Permanent Population
MARldn/R-A-1I2-1. tab
HAl #93-042.00
TABLE 2-1
DETENTION FACILITY
PERMANENT POPULATION
2-2
BEDS (person)
202
None
None
192
192
586
2.3 WASTEWATER CHARACTERISTICS
Influent wastewater characteristics must also be estimated due to lack of historical data. Given
that many large domestic wastewater treatment plants now experience BOD and TSS loading
between 200 mg/l and 250 mg/l a small on-site system with little or no infiltration should be
designed based on 300 mg/l BOD and TSS concentration. Also, the higher loadings are
justified due to the comminutor being located prior to the plant bar screen. The comminutor
will grind food wastes and other organics into small particles that cannot be removed by a bar
screen system. Thus, the effect the comminutor has is that it increases the BOD and TSS
loading on the plant.
It is understood that the cooling tower bleed-off water cannot be separated from the influent
stream and that this flow must be completely reprocessed. This relatively low load waste
stream will have some effect in reducing the influent loading by dilution. However, the value
of cooling tower bleed off expressed previously was a maximum value and at that rate
represents approximately 15 % of entire plant flow. Assuming, that the bleed-off water
contained BOD and TSS concentrations of 5 mg/l the net-influent BOD and TSS influent
concentration would then be approximately 250 mg/l. Therefore, it is expected that total plant
influent BOD and TSS concentration will range between 250 mg/l and 300 mg/l. It was not
disclosed if the cooling system has been sized for the future condition of Zone F. When Zone
F is added , and if the cooling tower bleed-off remains constant BOD and TSS influent
concentrations will shift more toward the 300 mg/l value.
The cooling tower bleed-off flow may contain some type form of biocide that may be
detrimental to plant performance. Also, we have not been advised of any other process flow
or waste, other than domestic, that can be expected. Therefore, Table 2-2 presents the
recommended design influent concentrations of the wastewater. These concentrations will be
used in conjunction with flow produced by domestic sources (Le., 87,900 gpd) in computing
process requirements. The total plant flow (105, 180 gpd) will be used in hydraulic and
physical process computations.
2.4 PEAK FLOW CONSIDERATIONS
Peak flow is expressed as the ratio of maximum hourly flow to the average daily flow. On-
site treatment systems serving institutions can be subjected to very high peak hourly ratios
MARldn/R-A-lISec2.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
2-3
TABLE 2-2
RECOMMENDED DESIGN INFLUENT
W ASTEW ATER CONCENTRATIONS
Parameter
Concentration (mg/l)
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)
300
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
300
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
40
MARl dn/R-A-1/2-2. tab
HAl #93-042.00
2-4
(3 to 5.5). This is generally due to the fact that everyone is on an established schedule or
regimen, such as scheduled showers, meals and housekeeping activities. The effect of peak
flows on a treatment system can be significant, both hydraulically and biologically, as perhaps
a very high percentage of the entire daily flow can be sent to the plant over a relatively short
period of time. Therefore, hydraulic peak loading as well as pollutant loading need to be
considered .
Although, no data is available on this subject, it follows that the facility will probably generate
wastewater in a non-uniform basis on a normal diurnal curve. Such fluctuations in flows and
pollutant loadings are dissipated by use of a flow equalization basin.
Flow equalization is the dampening of flow rate variations such that a constant or nearly
constant flow can be processed through the treatment units. Although, the extended aeration
process permitted for this project is relatively accommodating to surges, it does have its limits.
It is recommended that high end values obtained for peak hourly flow and maximum daily
flow reference sources be utilized. Therefore, a peak hour factor of 5.5 and a maximum day
factor of 2.0 will be utilized in sizing the flow equalization tank. Table 2-3 presents the
design flows.
MARldn/R-A-lISec2.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
2-5
Maximum Dail Flow
Peak Hourl Flow
MARl dn/R- A-1I2- 3. tab
HAl #93-042.00
TABLE 2-3
DESIGN FLOWS
2-6
105 180
210,360
578,490
SECTION 3
SECTION 3
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
3.1 EFFLUENT RE-USE
The rules concerning re-use wastewater effluent are set forth in FAC Chapter 17-600, 17-610
and 17-649. These rules incorporate and adopt the requirements of the United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEP A) with respect to plant reliability functions. EP A
Manual MCD-05 (Design Criteria for Mechanical, Electrical and Fluid System and
Component Reliability) describes the features needed for the three (3) levels of plant
reliability. These are defined as Class I, II, and III. In order to provide non-restricted public
access effluent, the treatment plant must meet Class I criteria and further comply with
additional requirements set forth in FAC. Table 3-1 sets forth the EPA Class I requirements.
In summary, the F AC requires the following of a treatment facility when supplying public
access effluent:
1. Meet secondary treatment with high level disinfection. Therefore, the effluent
must contain less than 5.0 mg/l TSS prior to disinfection.
2. Provide filtration for TSS control.
3. Provide chemical feed facilities to aid in TSS removal. Chemical feed systems
may be idle if the TSS limitation is being achieved without chemical addition.
4. Facility reliability shall have a minimum Class I per USEPA manual MCD-05.
5. Provide continuous on-line monitoring for turbidity before application of
disinfectant.
6. Facility shall have an approved operating protocol designed to ensure that the
high-level disinfection criteria will be met before the reclaimed water is released
to the system.
MARldn/R-A-lISec3.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
3-1
TABLE 3-1
EPA CLASS I RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS
Components
1. Trash Removal or
Comminution
2. Grit Removal
3. Backup Pumps
4. Aeration Basin
5. Blowers
6. Final Clarifier
7. Filters
8. Chlorine Contact
Basin
9. Sludge Pumps
10. Aerobic Sludge Digestion
a. Aeration Basin
b. Blowers
MARldn/R-A -113-1. tab
HAl #92-042.00
Requirements
Required.
Required.
Required - Sufficient capacity of remaining pumps to handle
peak flow with one (1) pump out of service.
Minimum of two (2) basins of equal volume.
Multiple units - With largest unit out of service remaining unit
able to maintain design oxygen transfer.
Multiple basins - With largest unit out of service remaining
units have capacity for at least 75 percent of design flow.
Multiple units - With largest unit out of service remaining units
have capacity for at least 75 percent design flow.
Multiple basins - With largest unit out of service remaining
units have capacity for at least 50 percent design flow.
Sufficient capacity of remaining pumps to handle peak flow
with one pump out of service; backup pump may be
uninstalled.
Backup basin not required.
Minimum two (2) units - Permissible for less than design
oxygen transfer with one (1) unit out of service.
3-2
TABLE 3-1 (Continued)
EPA CLASS I RELIABILITY REQUIREMENTS
Components
Requirements
c. Air Diffusers
Multiple sections - With largest section out of service, oxygen
transfer capability not measurably impaired.
11. Power Sources
Two (2) separate and independent electric power sources from
either two (2) separate utility substations or one substation and
one standby generator.
12. Facilities Requiring
Standy Power
Mechanical bar screens or comminutors, main pumps,
secondary treatment, final clarifier, filtration disinfection,
critical lighting and ventilation.
MAR/dn/R-A-1I3-1. tab
HAl #92-042.00
3-3
7. Substandard reclaimed water shall either be sorted for subsequent treatment or
shall be discharged to another permitted disposal system. If another permitted
means of disposal is not available then provisions for recirculating the reject
water into other parts of the plant shall be incorporated.
8. Treatment facility shall have a design average daily flow of greater than 0.1
mgd.
In addition to the treatment plant, the F AC sets forth criteria that the user of such re-use water
must comply with. These are generally as follow:
1. No cross connections with potable water systems are allowed.
2. A minimum separation is required between reclaimed water lines and sanitary
force mains and potable water lines.
3. All reclaimed water valves and outlets must be appropriately tagged or labeled
to warn the public and employees that the water is not intended for drinking.
4. All piping, pipelines, valves and outlets must be color coded or otherwise
marked to differentiate reclaimed water from potable or other water.
5. Reclaimed water may be used for toilet flush, but pipes must be color coded and
residents may not have access to the plumbing system for repairs or
modifications.
3.2 EFFLUENT LIMITATIONS
Effluent quality requirements are dictated by the intended uses of the effluent. The re-use
applications to be employed on this project (cooling water and toilet flush) are generally
considered to be closed loop or semi-closed loop. Thus, the Class V injection wells must be
utilized to dispose of excess effluent. Positive inflow into the treatment system comes in the
form of potable water that is used for cooking, cleaning and bathing. A maximum of
approximately 50,000 gpd is expected to be re-used at the detention facility. This value is
based on various assumptions as to the number of flushes per day and the actual bleed-off from
MARl dn/R -A -lISec3 .rpt
HAl #93-042.00
3-4
the cooling towers. The quantity of water that will be disposed of in the injection well on a
daily basis is expected to be approximately 55,000 gpd. However, the system will be capable
of accepting 105,000 gpd.
To use effluent in a re-use application, the effluent is generally defined as tertiary treatment
with high level disinfection (Le., 5 mg/1 TSS, 1.0 mg/1 chlorine residual). Anytime the plant
cannot produce re-use quality effluent it is defined as sub-standard or reject. Generally, the
reject quality will be within the secondary treatment requirements and will be discharged into
the injection wells.
Where effluent is to be applied to the land surface for irrigation nitrates may not exceed 12
mg/l in the effluent and not exceed 10 mg/l in any monitoring well. The FDER permit is
silent with respect to any nitrate limitation on effluent that will be injected. The F AC allows
the FDER to set standards on a case by case basis where injection is into a Class G-IV
groundwater. Therefore, if the effluent is to be utilized for land application in the future, the
plant process should be made to achieve partial de-nitrification or adjust air such that full
nitrification is not achieved. It is recommended that the prior alternative be implemented.
Plants that fully nitrify and then partially denitrify generally produce better quality effluent and
are less likely to experience process upsets. By adjusting air so that nitrification does not
occur the operator risks lowering dissolved oxygen levels and encourages the growth of
filamentous organisms. Such organisms do not have good settleability characteristics and thus
could lead to increased filter loading with subsequent increased backwashing.
MARl dn/R-A-1/Sec3 .rpt
HAl #93-042.00
3-5
SECTION 4
SECTION 4
BASIS OF DESIGN OF TREATMENT FACILITIES
4.1 GENERAL PROCESS DESCRIPTION
4.1.1. Influent Characteristics
The influent characteristics to the wastewater treatment facility are expected to be
higher than normally experienced in facilities serving residential areas for reasons
discussed in the previous section. The design strength of the wastewater to this facility
is shown on Table 4-1.
4.1.2. Hydraulic Profile
The plant hydraulics will be designed based on passing peak flow through the facility
with one (1) unit out of service. The design flows for this facility are shown in Table
4-2. On a treatment basis the units are designed to accommodate a 2.5 peak factor.
An overall process schematic is presented in Figure 4-1.
4.2 PRELIMINARY TREATMENT
Preliminary treatment is provided by an aluminum manually cleaned bar rack. The bar rack
assembly will be designed to accommodate the peak wastewater flows. The bar rack will also
be designed such that if the bar rack becomes completely clogged, the raw wastewater will be
able to overflow the screen without overflowing the bar rack enclosure. The approach channel
depth will be selected to limit the minimum approach velocity to greater than 1. 25 feet per
second (fps) and the maximum approach velocity to less than 3.0 fps.
Grit removal is not proposed for this project. Due to the small amount of wastewater
collection facilities grit is not expected to be a problem. Also, by virtue of the fact the facility
has been designed with Class I requirements, a basin may always be taken off-line with
minimal disruption to the process, for grit removal if necessary.
MARl dn/R -A-1/Sec4.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
4-1
TABLE 4-1
W ASTEW ATER CHARACTERISTICS
Parameter Concentration/Units
Biochemical Oxygen Demand 300 mg/l (1)
Total Suspended Solids 300 mg/l (1)
Ammonia Nitrogen 40 mg/l (1)
pH 6.5 to 7.5 units
Temperature 180C to 300C
Alkalinity 100 to 150 mg/l
Total Dissolved Solids 350 to 450 mg/1
Total Phosphorus 4 to 8 mg/1
(1) Concentration of waste stream from detention zones, kitchen and laundry areas totaling
0.088 mgd.
MAR/dn/R-A-l/4-1. tab
HAl #92-042.00
4-2
TABLE 4-2
DESIGN FLOWS
Average Daily Flow (gpd)(I)
105,180
5.5
2.0
Design Peak Hour Flow Factor
Design Maximum Daily Flow Factor
(1) Combined total flow of cooling tower bleed off and domestic flows.
MARldn/R-A-1/4-2. tab
HAl #93-042.00
4-3
(pd~ ~O~ .?!! _ _ _ _ -,
-~---
a::
1 <(
L----i-l
~~I
r
!!!;I
_:5
::;
W-o
I-a.
VlO'
>-
VlO
o
Wo
Vl .
:JO
10{)
~II
~O
o
W
Vl>::
:JZ
~~
~
-0
a.
O'
o
o
o
Il)'
0{)
II
Wz
ZO
a:::i=
O:J
-' -'
IO
U(f)
r-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
....J
"&J
"l
81
~I
~
~I
enl
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L____
C'I
~I
~I
81
CI
VlI
~I
L
l:lIV
'0-0
a. a.
O'O'
00
000>
~...
Iliai'
0....
-0{)
II II
. f
00
L_______
~~
I~
a::
W ::;
::i'a:::J
~o:;t
a.
Vl
;=Vl
OW
;=-'g
g~g:
"--,
~~~
-0--,
<{I,,-
o
"">::
oL5L5
~a.a.
II II II
. l l
000
a::
W
I w~
Vl en -'
:J<{ <{
z 1..-.....
wO 0
a:: a. I-
'0'0 '0
a. a. a.
O'O' O'
;! 00 0
::> 000
00 q,
. . 0{)
~~ ~
ci
Vl E
;;i~
:J 0
0'"
Vio
Wo
a::~
...
en
S}:5
ZO:>OOZ'O/OO.Z'O-[6
0.
I-
~
~
>
I-
:i
o
0(
IL
ZO
0-
-I-
1-0(
Z2:
LULU
I-x
LUo
0(1)
o~
Zo
0(..J
...ILl.
(I)
-(I)
lIl::(I)
(,)LU
00
1-0
(I)~
>0.
I-
Z
::)
o
(,)
LU
o
~
Z
o
2:
cj~
Z'3 '"
- ~ ~~
.. 3 f")
en c ~J,
LU .. 8':3
t- ~ ~-;:::-
c( 5 "'~
- E ~~
o"'d S'!
o !! ~ I
en 0 l'!::J
(I) f ::> '"
c( a ~~
GIS ~ 8~
z t ~i
0( e ~~
2: ]. ~~
I- .; ;;:, I!!
~ ~ ~
c( .~
x lj
~I
II
FIGURE
4-1
4.3 FLOW EQUALIZATION
The process units have been designed to accommodate a 2.5 peak factor while still meeting
treatment requirements. Therefore, the flow equalization tank must be consecutively sized to
accommodate the volume of wastewater generated during the duration between peak hour flow
(ADF x 5.5) and process design peak flow (ADF x 2.5). In other words, the volume of 3.0 x
ADF x peak duration (hrs.) must be stored to maintain process stability. The stored volume
must then be processed during periods when plant flow is below process peak condition.
Reference sources establish that flow equalization tanks be sized as a minimum percentage of
ADF. Typically, this value is between 15 percent and 30 percent. However, is order to
analyze the flow equalization volume required a diurnal curve was constructed for both the
average daily flow and maximum daily flow conditions. These assumed diurnal flows are
shown in Table 4-3 and 4-4 and illustrated in Figures 4-2 and 4-3.
Based on these curves, the equalization volume of 35,000 gallons is required to maintain a
process peak factor of 2.5. If it is possible to avoid discharging cooling tower bleed off water
during anticipated peak hours it should be discharged during the late evening hours.
4.4 FLOW SPLITTER BOX
A flow splitter box will be utilized to divide flows between the two (2) treatment units. The
box will be of all aluminum construction for corrosion resistance.
4.5 AERATION ZONE
Aeration will be provided by a diffused air system which will create a spiral roll pattern in the
tanks. The air diffusers will be the coarse bubble type. The aeration system will be designed
to provide 1.3 pounds (lb) of oxygen per pound BOD5 removed and 4.6 lb. of oxygen per
pound Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN) removed. Although the plant is not designed to nitrify,
some partial nitrification will occur and the oxygen demand has been accounted for. The
aeration system will also be designed to provide a minimum mixing level of 20 SCFM per
1000 cubic feet (cf) of reactor. Each tank will be equipped with its own return activated
sludge (RAS) system which will utilize an air lift for sludge return into the reactor basin.
MARldn/R-A-l/Sec4.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
4-5
Table 4-3
Average Daily Flow (Qa) -
Max Day Flow (Qmd) =
Peak Houri Flow Q h =
105180 gpd
215000 gpd
578094 d
4383 gph
8958 gph
24087 h
Maximum Flow Plant Will Treat (Qp-process) =
10950 gph
Flow per Cumulative
Time Cumulative Flow E.Q. Flow E.O.
Time Flow Period Volume Storage Storage
(Hours) (oph) (oal) (oal) (oal) (oal)
0.5 100 50 50 - 5425 0
1.0 100 50 100 -5425 0
1.5 100 50 150 -5425 0
2.0 100 50 200 - 5425 0
2.5 100 50 250 -5425 0
3.0 100 50 300 -5425 0
3.5 100 50 350 -5425 0
4.0 100 50 400 - 5425 0
4.5 100 50 450 - 5425 0
5.0 300 150 600 - 5325 0
5.5 1000 500 1100 -4975 0
6.0 5000 2500 3600 -2975 0
6.5 18000 9000 12600 3525 3525
7.0 19700 9850 22450 4375 7900
7.5 18000 9000 31450 3525 11425
8.0 5000 2500 33950 -2975 8450
8.5 2000 1000 34950 -4475 3975
9.0 1300 650 35600 - 4825 0
9.5 1600 800 36400 -4675 0
10.0 1760 880 37280 -4595 0
10.5 2400 1200 38480 -4275 0
11.0 4800 2400 40880 -3075 0
11.5 9440 4720 45600 -755 0
12.0 10880 5440 51040 -35 0
12.5 9440 4720 55760 -755 0
13.0 4800 2400 58160 -3075 0
13.5 1728 864 59024 -4611 0
14.0 1696 848 59872 - 4627 0
14.5 1648 824 60696 - 4651 0
15.0 1600 800 61496 -4675 0
15.5 2000 1000 62496 -4475 0
16.0 5000 2500 64996 -2975 0
16.5 18000 9000 73996 3525 3525
17.0 19700 9850 83846 4375 7900
17.5 18000 9000 92846 3525 11425
18.0 10000 5000 97846 -475 10950
18.5 6000 3000 100846 -2475 8475
19.0 3000 1500 102346 -3975 4500
19.5 2000 1000 103346 -4475 25
20.0 1200 600 103946 -4875 0
20.5 800 400 104346 -5075 0
21.0 500 250 104596 - 5225 0
21.5 300 150 104746 - 5325 0
22.0 200 100 104846 - 5375 0
22.5 150 75 104921 -5400 0
23.0 100 50 104971 -5425 0
23.5 100 50 105021 -5425 0
24.0 100 50 105071 -5425 0
Max.
11425
4-6
Table 4-4
Average Daily Flow (Oa) =
Max Day Flow (Omd) =
Peak Houri Flow 0 h =
105180 gpd
215000 gpd
578094 d
4383 gph
8958 gph
24087 h
Maximum Flow Plant Will Treat (Op-process) =
10950 gph
Flow per Cumulative
Time Cumulative Flow E.O. Flow E.O.
Time Flow Period Volume Storage Storage
(Hours) (noh) (oal) (qal) (oal) (oal)
0.5 1500 750 750 -4725 0
1.0 1500 750 1500 -4725 0
1.5 1500 750 2250 -4725 0
2.0 1500 750 3000 - 4725 0
2.5 1500 750 3750 -4725 0
3.0 1500 750 4500 -4725 0
3.5 1500 750 5250 -4725 0
4.0 1500 750 6000 -4725 0
4.5 3000 1500 7500 -3975 0
5.0 5000 2500 10000 -2975 0
5.5 8000 4000 14000 -1475 0
6.0 16861 8430 22430 2955 2955
6.5 21678 10839 33270 5364 8320
7.0 24087 12044 45313 6569 14888
7.5 21678 10839 56152 5364 20252
8.0 16861 8430 64583 2955 23208
8.5 4861 2430 67013 - 3045 20163
9.0 4600 2300 69313 -3175 16988
9.5 5000 2500 71813 -2975 14013
10.0 5500 2750 74563 -2725 11288
10.5 7500 3750 78313 -1725 9563
11.0 10000 5000 83313 -475 9088
11.5 16750 8375 91688 2900 11988
12.0 17500 8750 100438 3275 15263
12.5 16750 8375 108813 2900 18163
13.0 10000 5000 113813 -475 17688
13.5 7000 3500 117313 -1975 15713
14.0 5300 2650 119963 -2825 12888
14.5 5000 2500 122463 -2975 9913
15.0 4800 2400 124863 -3075 6838
15.5 8000 4000 128863 -1475 5363
16.0 16861 8430 137294 2955 8319
16.5 21678 10839 148133 5364 13683
17.0 24087 12044 160176 6569 20251
17.5 21678 10839 171015 5364 25615
18.0 19270 9635 180650 4160 29775
18.5 16000 8000 188650 2525 32300
19.0 12000 6000 194650 525 32825
19.5 9500 4750 199400 -725 32100
20.0 7500 3750 203150 -1725 30375
20.5 6000 3000 206150 -2475 27900
21.0 4800 2400 208550 -3075 24825
21.5 3700 1850 210400 - 3625 21200
22.0 2700 1350 211750 -4125 17075
22.5 2000 1000 212750 -4475 12600
23.0 1500 750 213500 -4725 7875
23.5 1500 750 214250 -4725 3150
24.0 1500 750 215000 -4725 0
Max. 32825
4-7
-
e
a..
a.. C)
I- 0
~ CX)
~ ....
10
>- 0
I- ....
-
I .$'. ::i ~
I C'~ U
, 0
, .$'~ Li!: ..J
, U.
, Z
I ;d
I .$'. 0
, .(~ i= <(
,
, .$'. z e
, w
I o~ I- w
I W C)
I .$'. e <(
, 6'.( a::
I e
I w
, .$'. z ~
, <9.( <(
, ...J
, .$'. ~ tt
, <.(
, ~
I .$'. en
, 0 z
, 19.( ~ 0
.
, .$'. en i=
, .$'.( 5
, >-
I .$'. Z
I I- 0
. ~.( Z
I "'C" ::) 0
, .$'. 0
, C'.( :::l ~
I 0 0 0
. ..c
, .$'~ w ...J
, - 0 u.
, .( (1)
I .$'. n a:: ~
I E z
, .(.( i= 0 a::
, .$'. ::E ::)
, 0
, 0.(
I J:
I .$'.
, 6'
,
, .$'.
I
, <9
.
, .$'. ~
, < 0 c
, ~ .8 2
I .$'. ] ~o
, c I'")~
0
, 19 - u
en ~ I
I I c ...~
.~
I , , .$'- w E 0'"
, , , .$' I- go ~;::-
, , :;: ~ ~o
c "'~
:;: , ~ c-
.$'- ~
, '0 ~ 0 '...
'0 , ,- 0'" ~I
,- :;: 'LL
ILL '>. .$'. t/) ~ w...,
:>. '0 :CI:l C' t/) ~ to...,
=>~
,- <( V> ~
' ;:: ILL '0 ,
'::J :~ , .$'~ ~ '~
'0 ,0) ~ w'"
'0- w_
:I , CJ) "'~
:0 z 0 t;;~
'CI:l .$'- I
:-@ :~ ' .... .( <( ~~
'0) ::E f iCe
'0) ,> .$'. t;~
:0.. ':!!: '<( 0 I- ~~
a:: ~ g
<( .
c
J: .~
0 8 0 ~- 0
0 0 8 ~I
8 8 8
0- 10- 0- 10- 0- 10
C') C\l C\l ,.... ,....
(4d6) MOl.:! B
FIGURE
4-2
-13/00'.9'--l6
o
8
o.
C')
,
,
,
,
,
:~
'0
'-
.u..
:>.
1-'::
,:)
'0
:I
:~
'0)
:0...
.
.
.
,
,
:~
'0
:u..
'>.
'co
:0
:~
,~
~j
O~ ,
u..[ :
>S'
ro, '
0,'
: I
Q)~ I
" I
0),
C1f ,
'-: I
0), I
>[
o
8
ltf
C\l
o
8
o.
C\l
8
l{f
,....
o
8
o.
,....
~.
LO
(4d5) MOI.::l
o
so.
C'~
so~
so.
.(~
so.
o~
so.
6'.(
so.
0>.(
so.
<.(
so.
~.(
so.
so.(
so.
A.(
so.
C'.(
so~
so.
.(.(
so.
0.(
so6'-
so<9
so<
so~
so~
SOA
so~
so~
so.(
SOo
'C'
:J
o
..c:
---
(])
E
~
ff
-lJ/00.'9'--"&
-
o
a.
C)
o
0.0
...0
~~
~~
:>-CI)
...Z
::i0
uE
~o
Z
zo
00
i=~
Zo
w-I
liiu.
c==
c:J
Z~
<(x
-1<(
~==
5ti
OC/)
t;z
o
:>--
...t:
zo
:JZ
00
00
w;:
00
ct-l
Zu.
~~
ct
:J
o
J:
0 ~
"
a:: 0 0
] .,
~o
" ~~
0
en u ~,
" ~~
W .n
~ 0'"
t- ~r::"
en ~o
~ 0
" "'~
E 0-
0 ~
,~
0 otl 0
CJ) 0 21
en >- w'"
~ "'"
:::>~
<( ",..,
I
.a ':?;
~ 1;;'"
";;. w_
"'~
Z 0 ~o
1: "':!.
<( en ~~
.g
== E ;n~
l- S ;:s~
a: .. g
<( "
";;.
:c Ii
~i
IJmffi
FIGURE
4-3
Waste activated sludge (WAS) will be air lifted to the digester. Presented in Table 4-5 is a
design summary for the aeration basins.
4.6 SECONDARY CLARIFIERS
Both return activated sludge (RAS) and waste activated sludge (WAS) will be withdrawn from
the bottom of the clarifier. The RAS will be withdrawn using an airlift and discharged into an
aluminum return box with a V -notch weir for measurement which will assist the operators with
control of the RAS flow rate. The air lifts will be sized to be capable of pumping up to 150
percent of ADF. Table 4-6 presents a design summary for the clarifiers.
4.7 AEROBIC DIGESTER
The digester for this facility will meet or exceed Class B treatment levels as residuals from the
extended air process are typically low in volatile suspended solids (VSS) and a lengthy solids
retention time (SRT) is provided in the digester. A full description of the residuals
management system is provided in Chapter 5.
4.8 EFFLUENT FILTERS
They will be arranged such that anyone f1lter can be shut down for repairs or all the filters can
be by-passed. Table 4-7 presents the design summary for the f1lter facilities.
4.9 CHLORINE CONTACT BASIN
The chlorine contact basin was designed with two (2) basins to meet Class I Reliability
requirements. Table 4-8 presents the design summary of this structure.
Effluent from the chlorine contact tank will flow over a measuring weir and into a sump which
will be used for the reclaimed water pump station. Pumps will be mounted adjacent to the
basin that will pump the water into a re-use holding tank. If the proper disinfection level is
not achieved or because of high turbidity the pumps will be diverted to pump to the injection
well This feature is also used to ensure that no effluent is re-used which does not have proper
chlorine residual or too high turbidity. This is discussed in a later subsection.
MAR/dn/R-A-lISec4.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
4-10
TABLE 4-5
AERATION BASIN DESIGN SUMMARY
EXTENDED AERATION MODE
Process Parameter
Value
Volumetric Loading @ ADF, (lb. BOD/lOoo CF)
Hydraulic Detention Time, (HR)
Side Water Depth, (FT)
Tank Volume, (CF)
(GAL)
F/M Organic Loading, (lb. BOD/1b MLVSS)
MLVSS, (mg/1)
Carbonaceous Oxygen Demand, (lb. 02/lb. BOD)
Nitrogenous Oxygen Demand, (lb. 02/lb. TKN)
Minimum Mixing Requirements, (SCFM/lOoo CF)
Required Air Flow, SCFM (process limited)
No. of Operating Tanks
16.5(1)
18.9(2)
11
13,369
100,000
0.13
2100
1.5
4.6
20
400
2
Notes:
(1) Assumed organic loading design flow of 0.088 MGD ADF.
(2) Assumed average daily hydraulic design flow of 0.127 MGD ADF includes organic
loading of 0.088, cooling tower bleed-off at 0.014 MGD and filter backwash water at
0.022 MGD.
MARl dn/R -A-l/ 4- 5. tab
HAl #93-042.00
4-11
TABLE 4-6
CLARIFIER DESIGN SUMMARy
Process Parameter
Area, (SF)
SWD, (FT)
Hydraulic Loading @ ADF, (GPD/SF)
Hydraulic Loading @ Qp, (GPD/SF)
Hydraulic Loading @ 75 % Qp, (GPD/SF) w/one clarifier
MLSS, mg/l
Design Recycle Rate (Qr), Percent ADF
Notes:
(1) Total area for two (2) clarifiers.
MAR/dn/R-A-l/4-6.tab
HAl #93-042.00
4-12
Value
432(1)
10.0
244
610
915
4000
150
TABLE 4-7
EFFLUENT FILTER DESIGN SUMMARY
Process Parameter
Value
Number of Filters
Area of Each Filter, SF
Total Filter Area, SF
Loading Rate@ ADF, GPM/SF
Loading Rate @ Qp, GPM/SF
Loading Rate @ 75% Qp w/
one (1) filter out of service, GPM/SF
Multi-Media/Depth, Inches
Backwash Flow Rate, GPM/FILTER (20 gpm/sf)
Projected Daily Backwash Quantity, gallons/day
2
28
56
1.30
3.26
4.89
30
560(1)
22,400
(1) Assumes each filter backwashes two (2) times per day for a five minute duration.
MAR/dn/R-A-l/4-7. tab
HAl #93-042.00
4-13
TABLE 4-8
CHWRINE CONTACT TANK DESIGN SUMMARY
Parameter
Value
No. of Basins
2
78.54
157.08
4-5
72.39
28.96
14.48
10-12
26.5
3.0(1)
Area of Each Basin, SF
Total Basin Area, SF
Side water depth, FT
Detention Time @ Qa, min.
Detention Time @ Qp, min.
Detention Time @ Qp w/one (1) basin out of service, min.
Chlorine Dosage @ Qp, mg/l
Max. Chlorine Feed Rate, Ib/day
Chlorine Residual, mg/l, to maintain a disinfectant
detention time product of 40 at Qp w/one (1)
basin out of service
Note:
(1) Per F.A.C. 17-6oo.440(5)(C)2.a.
MARldn/R-A-1I4-8. tab
HAl #93-42.00
4-14
4.10 SUBSTANDARD STORAGE AND DISPOSAL
Substandard storage is required of a volume for the lesser of the permitted capacity of the
reuse system or rated plant capacity. Technically, substandard storage is not required as
substandard effluent can be discharged to the injection well. If chlorine residual or turbidity is
out of compliance the reuse pumps will be automatically diverted to the injection well.
4.11 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROLS
Reliability in power distribution requires dual sources in the event of a primary power source
failure. Also, reliability requires physical separation of major electrical equipment and dual
power feeder cabling arranged as to back-up major equipment upon failure of its primary
source of power.
The primary source of power for this facility will be Florida Power and Light (FPL). A stand
by generator currently serving the detention facility will also serve the wastewater plant. In
the event of power failure, the wastewater plant will receive power from the generator. It is
noted that although the Class I criteria of two (2) power sources is met no other electrical feed
or control requirements as set forth in EP A Manual MCD-05 will be met.
4.12 PLANT MONITORING AND CONTROL
Turbidity is monitored prior to disinfection and a chlorine residual analyzer will is also
provided. Both of these parameters will be recorded on a strip chart or circular chart recorders
located at the plant site. The reuse pump system will be designed such that when either of
these two parameters is out of compliance the reuse pumps shut off. Plant effluent will then
be automatically diverted to the injection well.
MARl dn/R-A-l/Sec4.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
4-15
4.13 CHEMICAL FEED SYSTEMS
4.13.1 Chlorination System
The chlorination system will be a vacuum type system. This system will provide
chlorine solution feed ahead of the chlorine contact basins for normal disinfecting
purposes. Chlorine solution feed will be on a manual feed basis.
The solution feed water for the chlorination system will be provided by the plant water
system. Chlorine will be supplied and stored in 150 Ib cylinders. A scale will be
provided to measure gas consumption and to determine when the contents have been
depleted .
Chlorinator will be equipped with a high and low vacuum alarm switch which will
notify the operators of an interruption in gas supply from loss of feed water, gas feed
line leaks and exhaustion of supply. Any loss of chlorine will also set off a substandard
effluent alarm condition. The prefabricated fiberglass chlorine room will also be
equipped with leak detection equipment with alarm and ventilation fan.
4.13.2 Polymer Feed System
A polymer feed system will be installed to aid in suspended solids removal if required.
The system may be idle if the facility is within the TSS limitation. This system will
consist of two metering pumps and space for a drum of polymer or alum Addition of
polymer would be by manual adjustment of the stroke length or speed of the pump.
4.14 SITE FEATURES
4.14.1 Access
In order to control access to the WWTP a six foot chain link fence will be provided.
The purpose of the fence will be to discourage unauthorized personnel from entering
the WWTP and possibly tampering or vandalizing the process or chlorination system.
A proposed site plan is illustrated in Figure 4-4.
MARldn/R-A-lISec4.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
4-16
~ N
-
0
Lf)
~ II
~
w
--.I
<(
()
(f)
93-042.00(04200001
OVER -ALL SITE
\t
.
PROPOSED WASTEWATER
TREATMENT PLANT
EXIST.
SITE
LIGHTING
'0
~
~
Q
201 EAST PINE STREET - SUITE 1000 - ORlANDO. Fl 32801
TELEPHONE (407) 839-3955 - FAX (407) 839-3790
MONROE COUNTY
DETENTION CENTER
W ASTEW A TER TREATMENT PLANT
SITE PLAN
FIGURE
4-4
U~II
~V~
HARTMAN & ASSOCIATES, INC.
engineers. hydrogeologists, surveyors & manogement consultants
4.14.2 Lighting
Lighting is not proposed for the WWTP. It is anticipated that sufficient illumination
will be provided by the detention facility site lighting system.
4.14.3 Landscaping
Landscaping is not proposed.
4.14.4 Drainage
Since the tankage is open, and there are no other impervious areas, there will be no
significant stormwater run-off from the WWTP. Thus, no provisions for stormwater
run-off are incorporated in the overall detention facility plan. The 100-year flood
elevation has been established at 11.0 feet MSL The tops of tankage and the electrical
components of the equipment will be located above that elevation in an effort to
maintain serviceability in the event of a major storm event.
4.15 RE-USE SYSTEM
The estimated re-use demand is 50,000 gpd' In order to provide a reliable supply of re-use
water for the system a 100,000 gal re-use storage tank is proposed. This tank would be
capable of providing re-use water to the system for a period of two days in the event of a plant
process up-set. High service pumps are sized to accommodate anticipated peak re-use system
demands. A 3,000 gallon hydropneumatic tank will provide the pressurized storage necessary
to control pump cycle times.
In the event that the re-use system requires more water than what is available from the WWTP
or there is a prolonged process upset, a makeup water line is proposed. This line will be
connected to the potable water system and have both a back flow preventive and physical air
gap between the line and re-use tank.
MAR/dn/R-A-lISec4.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
4-18
SECTION 5
SECTION 5
RESIDUALS MANAGEMENT
5.1 INTRODUCTION
This section details the residuals management (sludge) regulatory requirements that stipulate
the design of the digester. A survey of regulatory requirements was performed to ensure that
the proposed facilities meet both the state and federal statutory requirements. Of particular
importance are the regulatory requirements of the recently promulgated United States
Environmental Protection Agency (USEP A) Title 40 CFR Part 503. Due to the anticipated
likelihood, the Florida Department of Environmental Regulation (FDER) will adopt the
USEPA regulations, this discussion in this Section is confined to Title 40 CFR Part 503.
Summarized herein are the regulatory requirements for this facility and the design parameters.
5.2 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
On February 19, 1993, the USEPA officially published the Sludge Rule, Title 40 CFR Part
287. This rule Part, 503 is divided into five (5) subparts: Subpart A - General Provisions;
Subpart B - Land Application; Subpart C - Surface Disposal; Subpart D - Pathogens and
Vector Attraction Reduction; and Subpart E - Incineration.
The General Provisions subpart of this rule applies to all aspects of the land application,
surface disposal and incineration of sewage sludge (biosolids). The schedule for compliance is
based on the "effective date" of the rule, which is 30 days from the date of publication in the
Federal Register. From the effective date, compliance must be attained within a maximum of
1-year, if existing facilities can comply. It must be attained within a maximum of 2 years, if
construction is required. Monitoring, record keeping and reporting should be in compliance
within 120 days from the effective date of the regulation. In addition, sludge permits will be
required for all sludge facilities, even those that currently do not maintain a discharge permit
within 1 year of the effective date. Given that the proposed facility will dispose of its liquid
sludge by land application, the facility must be designed to meet Part 503 Regulation.
The land application regulations establish heavy metal limitations, monitoring, record keeping
and reporting requirements for land application of biosolids. The heavy metals content and
compliance with stabilization criteria determine the level of record keeping/monitoring
required and the ability to distribute and market the biosolids. Ten (10) heavy metals are
MAR/dn/R-A-lISec5.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
5-1
regulated and are summarized in Table 5-1. Sludge must be below ceiling metals
concentrations to be land applied or beneficially reused. Cumulative metals limits restrict site
life of land application sites. Metal concentrations are also given for unrestricted distribution
and marketing (D&M).
Pathogen and vector reduction must be met prior to beneficial reuse of biosolids. The new
stabilization regulations are based upon performance, rather than process. In addition, Class C
processes have been eliminated from the final regulation. The current PFRP and PSRP
standards were retained along with pathogen testing. Specific pathogens (i.e., pathogenic
bacteria, plaque forming virus, and helminth ova) or fecal coliform indicator organisms will be
used to document product quality and numerical criteria for each Class of sludge treatment
processes. The pathogen reduction criteria is summarized in Table 5-2.
For vector attraction, the regulation will allow anyone of several different methods to achieve
compliance. While some of these requirements are familiar, PSRP methods in the existing
Title 40 CFR Part 257 regulations and summarized in Table 5-3, other are new. The new
requirements under Part 503 include the specific oxygen uptake rate (SOUR), bench scale
testing, and injection or incorporation within specific time intervals. The requirements for
vector attraction reduction is summarized in Table 5-4.
The surface disposal and incineration regulations were not discussed in detail in this section
since these two (2) methods of sludge management most likely will not to be utilized by this
facility. Briefly, the surface disposal regulations cover the biosolids management practices of
monofilling, lagoon disposal, and some dedicated land application site. A surface disposal site
is defined as an area of land on which only sewage sludge is placed for disposal, exclusive of
treatment, or storage facilities.
5.3 PROPOSED SOLIDS STABILIZATION
Due to the proposed size of the wastewater treatment plant, anticipated capacity, and proposed
equipment, the solids stabilization method selected for design was aerobic digestion. Aeration
in the digester, in addition to the aeration provided in the treatment plant, will generate a
sludge complying with Class B stabilization criteria. The design and sizing criteria for the
proposed aerobic digester solids stabilization system is presented in Table 5-5 Heavy metals
concentrations above those listed in this section, which are not anticipated, will obviously
impair, if not preclude, the use of land application of sludge as a disposal technique.
MARldn/R-A-lISec5.rpt
HAl #93-042.00
5-2
TABLE 5-1
TITLE 40 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS PART 503
HEAVY METAL LIMITATIONS
Concentrations (mg/kg) Cumulative
Metals Ceiling Limits (D&M) Loading Rate
503. 13 (b)(1) 503. 13 (b)(3) (kl!/ha) (503. 13(b) (2))
Arsenic 75 41 41
Cadmium 85 39 39
Chromium 3,000 1,200 3,000
Copper 300 1,500 1.000
Lead 840 300 3.00
Mercury 57 17 17
Mo1vbdenum 75 18 18
Nickel 20 20 420
Selenium 100 36 100
Zinc 7.500 2,800 2,000
MAR/dn/R-A-1/5-1.tab
HAI #93-042.00
5-3
TABLE 5-2
TITLE 40 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS PART 503
PATHOGEN REDUCTION REQUIREMENTS
Criteria Applicable to Requirements
Class A 503.32(a) Alt. 1: High temperature Fecal Coliform < 1,000 Most
Distribution & processes (composting, heat Probable Number (MPN)/g TS
Marketing drying, alkaline (or Salmonella < 3 MPN/4 g TS)
stabilization/pasteurization, and meet time/temperature
ATAD). requirements determined by
equation given in regulation
Alt. 2: Alkaline Fecal Coliform < 1,000 MPN/g
stabilization/pasteurization. TS (or Salmonella < 3 MPN/ 4 g
TS) and Alkali Addition to
achieve pH 12 for 72 hours and
52 C for 12 hours then air dried to
a minimum of 50 percent solids.
Alt. 3: Other processes. Fecal Coliform < 1,000 MPN/ g
TS (or Salmonella < 3 MPN/ 4 g
TS) and < 1 Plaque Forming Unit
(pFU) virus/4 g TS and < 1
Helminth Ova/4 g TS.
Alt. 4: Other processes. Fecal Coliform < 1,000 MPN/ g
TS (or Salmonella <3 MPNI 4 g
TS) and treat with a FPRP (or
EPA equal, process) which meets
operational conditions.
Class B 503.32(b) A1t 1: Anaerobic and aerobic Fecal coliform <2,000,000
Land Application digestion and other processes. MPN/g TS and site restrictions.
Alt. 3: Anaerobic and aerobic Treat with a PSRP (or EP A
digestion and other processes. equal), which meets operational
conditions.
MARldn/R-A-l/5-2. tab
HAl #93-042.00
5-4
TABLE 5-3
W ASTEW ATER SLUDGE PROCESSING CLASSIFICATIONS AND CRITERIA
UNDER TITLE 40 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS PART 257
1. Stabilized domestic wastewater treatment sludge and processes to Significantly Reduce
Pathogens (PSRP).
a. Aerobic digestion: The process is conducted by agitating sludge with air or
oxygen to maintain aerobic conditions at residence times ranging from 60 days
at 15 degrees Centigrade CC) to 40 days at 20oC, with a minimum volatile
solids reduction of at least 38 percent.
b. Air drying: Liquid sludge is allowed to drain and/or dry on underdrained sand
beds, or on paved or unpaved basins in which the sludge depth is a maximum of
nine inches. Maximum of three (3) months is needed, for three (3) months of
which temperature average on a daily basis above OOC.
c. Anaerobic digestion: The process is conducted in the absence of air at residence
times ranging from 60 days at 200C to 15 days at 350C to 550C, with a
minimum volatile solids reduction of at least 38 percent.
d. Composting: Using the in-vessel, static aerated pile, or windrow compo sting
methods, the solid waste is maintained at minimum operating conditions of
400C for five (5) days. For four (4) hours during this period, the temperature
exceeds 550C.
e. Lime stabilization: Sufficient lime is added to produce a pH of 12 standard
units after two (2) hours of contact.
f. Other methods: Other methods of operating conditions may be acceptable if
pathogens and vector attraction of the waste (volatile solids) are reduced to an
extent equivalent to the reduction achieved by any of the above methods.
2. Composted and/or processed domestic wastewater treatment sludge and Processes to
Further Reduce Pathogens (pFRP).
a. Composting: U sing in-vessel composting methods, the solid waste is
maintained at operating conditions of 550C or greater for three (3) days. Using
the windrow composting method, the solid waste attains a temperature of 550C
or greater for at least 15 days during the composting period. There will be a
minimum of five (5) turnings of the windrow.
MARldn/R-A-1I5-3. tab
HAl #93-042.00
5-5
TABLE 5-3 (Continued)
W ASTEW A TER SLUDGE PROCESSING CLASSIFICATIONS AND CRITERIA
UNDER TITLE 40 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS PART 257
b. Heat drying: Dewatered sludge cake is dried by direct or indirect contact with
hot gases, and moisture content is reduced to 10 percent or lower. Sludge
particles reach temperatures well in excess of 800C or the wet bulb temperature
of the gas stream in contact with the sludge at the point where it leaves the dryer
is in excess of 800C.
c. Heat treatments: Liquid sludge is heated to temperature of 900C for 30
minutes.
d. Thermophillic aerobic digestion: Liquid sludge is agitated with air or oxygen to
maintain aerobic conditions at a residence times of 10 days at 550 to 600C, with
a volatile solids reduction of at least 38 percent.
e. Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be acceptable if
pathogens and vector attraction of the waste (volatile solids) are reduced to an
extent equivalent to the reduction achieved by any of the above methods. Any
of the processes listed below, if added to a "process to significantly reduce
pathogens", will further reduce pathogens.
(1) Beta ray irradiation: Sludge is irradiated with beta rays from an
accelerator at dosages of at least 1.0 megarad at room temperature (Le.,
200C).
(2) Gamma ray irradiation: Sludge is irradiated with gamma rays from
certain isotopes such as Cobalt-60 and Cesium-137, at dosages of at least
1.0 megarad at room temperature (Le., 200C).
(3) Pasteurization: Sludge is maintained at least 30 minutes at a minimum
temperature of 700C.
(4) Other methods: Other methods or operating conditions may be
acceptable as pathogens are reduced to an extent equivalent to the
reduction achieved by any of the above add-on methods.
MAR/dn/R-A-1I5-3. tab
HAl #93-042.00
5-6
TABLE 5-4
TITLE 40 CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS PART 503
VECTOR ATTRACTION REDUCTION
Stabilization Process Applicable Requirement
Aerobic Digestion Minimum 38% VS reduction by mass. or
< 15 % VS reduction in additional 30 days
bench scale aerobic digester at 20, or SOUR
< 1.5 me: 02/hr/e: (drv) TS at 200C.
Anaerobic Digestion Minimum 38% VS reduction by mass, or
< 17 % VS reduction in additional 40 days
bench scale anaerobic die:ester at 30-370.
Compo sting Aerobic treatment for minimum of 14 days
at temperature > 40 C and avg. temperature
of >45 C.
Alkaline Stabilization Alkali addition to achieve pH 12 for 2 hr
and pH 11.5 for 22 hours.
Heat Drying 75 % dry solids content (without primary
sludge) or 90% dry solids content (with
primary sludge(.
General Land Application Subsurface injection within 1 hour (Class B)
or within 8 hours (Class A). Alternative
criteria is incorporate into soil within 6
hours (Class B) or 8 hours (Class A) of
dischare:e from oathoe:en treatment.
Monofill Place in active sludge unit (landfill cell) and
cover with soil or other material daily, or,
incorporate into soil within 6 hours (Class
B) or 8 hours (Class A) of discharge from
pathogen treatment.
MARldn/R-A-l/5-4. tab
HAl #93-042.00
5-7
TABLE 5-5
AEROBIC DIGESTER DESIGN SUMMARY
Process Parameter
Tank Volume (Ft 3)
Tank Volume (gal)
Site Water Depth (Ft)
Specific Yield (lb sludge/lb BOD removed)
Waste Activated Sludge Production (gpd)
Waste Activated Sludge Concentration (%)
Sludge Age (days)
Volatile Solids Reduction (%)
Minimum Mixing Design Requirements (SCFM/1ooo Ft 3)
Mixing Air Required (Mixing Limited) (SCFM)
Notes:
(1) Assumes 95% solids capture in clarifier at 0.088 MGD (process Loading)
MARldn/R-A-1I5-5. tab
HAl #93-042.00
5-8
Value
1,400
10,472
11
0.20
600 (1)
0.75
20.6
38
20
28
SECTION 6
SECTION 6
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
6.1 GENERAL
The design-builder shall furnish and install the equipment necessary for the effectiveness
operation of the plant, including piping, valves, fittings, blower/motor units, hopper type
clarifier with skimmer assembly and return sludge piping, walkway with handrails, access
ladder, electric control panel and chlorination unit.
The treatment plant shall be designed so that it is portable and capable of installation or
relocation, without field welding or cutting of any vessel. The proposed plant layout is
illustrated in Figure 6-1.
6.2 MATERIALS OF CONSTRUCTION
The treatment tankage shall be manufactured using a minimum thickness of 114 inch steel
plate. The steel plate shall meet or exceed the requirements of ASTM Specification A-46.
The aeration and flow equalization tanks shall have a maximum opening of seven (7) feet at
the top along the entire length of the plant. The opening shall be framed with six (6) inch by
twelve (12) inch rectangular tubing which shall also serve as the air manifold. The bulkheads
shall be structurally reinforced flat heads. Each bulkhead shall be capable of withstanding full
dewatering of the adjacent compartment. The unit shall be capable of withstanding full burial.
Non-corrosive poly-vinyl chloride (PVC) piping and fittings shall be used where possible.
Standard flexible type transition fittings shall be used where possible for inter-tank transfer
lines. Nuts and bolts used in bolting equipment in place shall be hot dipped galvanized steel.
The plate and structural members shall be connected by shielded electric arc welding of
adequate sections for the connections. Welds shall be continuous where required to provide a
watertight connection. The structural and plate components shall be connected by welding in
compliance with A.I.S.C. and A.W.S. Specifications.
MARldn/jb/R-A-lISec6.rpt
HAl #92-042.00
6-1
::.::::------
ZD
<(
........ 1-0
Z wO
WO::: DO.
W W 0:: Lf)
W(f)O:::I- iz::Jt<}
Do.. U I- W (f)......... iz
0:::2 (f)::JX :3 c(
::J::J <(0..0 ~ 6 !;(
(f)o.. m(f)m - ii1 ~t::
-\-~~ -=-~:J
0.00 :J!!!;
~~ L{) U)-cC
------
D
0:::0
~o
(f)LO
W .
DO
-~
0.........
Ul
z a::
wo w
!!:l i= !;(
wU ~
a::S W
....JI.L ffi
;iffi ~
1'.~ /
wO:::
DW
0:::3:
::JO
(f)aS
(f)(f)
(f)0:::
WW
U3:
00
O:::-l
o..m
(f) 0 0::.::::
::.:::: LO O::z
Z~ z 0<(
<(" z ~I-
I-~ a:: a::
a:: W :J ",~I
t5' :J i l-
I- W
Zo w a::'"
00 a:: a:: ~tJ ~~I
-0 ~~ _lDJ
~o ~g ~o
0::0{) ~:3 W(f)
W ~...J I-Vl (f)o..
I-Vl
<( ::J2
W::J
0::0..
0:::
W ------
~WD
0 3:~0
:J Wo::O
::0 (f) 0 O.
::JI-O
N I(f)LO
"<t W .........
(f) 0::
0::: Q Z
WN ~a::L5 0
i:Lt:: a:: I WOO i=
w w!<CJ)
-to i ~
O:::~ ~~d
<(N
-l ::0 ~ Z
U W
2
::J
0:::
0::: I-
(f)
W Z
I-
-l
c;::
>- 00
0:::
<(
i=
0::
W
I-
Vl -l 01- O(f) 1-(f)::J
(f) Vl-l UO:::(S
o.-l a. -l WZ WW
0 ::Ow ::0 W WW 1-> <(wo::
W 1r3: :J 3: u...:z <(-l I-m~
a.
m -lQ: :z~ Z~~
I ...J O<(Vl
...J 0 0
0::: Vlo:: W <(::J I- UIeJ
c(<( ~ ::J
w ~W :z uo ::J wUiz
~ 0 ~W <(
U-l :J ~ ~
c;:: il'iu ::0 W
I 0::: a::
0 a.
U -l ~
I 0
...J
U lL.
>::
U
c(
Q)
IOJOOltO!OO"ltO-C6
o
o
N
W
-l
<(
U
(f)
lIJ
.....
::)
Q
o
:IE
lIJ
Z(l)
C::)
....."
o.~
>:c
lIJl-
lll::-
~
lIJ
(I)
C
:c
0.
0 .,
~
~ .E <;
~ ~o
0 ,.,~
u
(I) ~ licl,
lIJ " g::J
I- ~ ~~
C go
c:
C3 0 0:;-
E I~
0 ~ 0
0 I
(I) i 0
w.o
(I) ~ '=.0
=>'"
C ",,,,
I
''''
., '"
aa ., w.,
"0- w-
"'.-
Z 0 ~O
! "'.:!-
C 0 ~~
::E -5 "-0
~ ~~
l- f!!
a: " ~
C "
c:
:c .~
~I
II
FIGURE
6-1
6.3 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
NEMA type 3R enclosures, fabricated of 12 gauge steel, shall house the control equipment.
The panels shall be gasketed and dust tight. The panel shall have a front door capable of
opening approximately 180 degrees. The exterior of the panel shall be coated with an enamel
finish. The outside door shall be held closed by lockdown clips. Equipment mounted in the
panel shall be securely fastened to the removable back panel. The back panel shall be tapped
to accept the mounting screws.
Thermal magnetic air circuit breakers shall be provided to branch disconnect service and over-
current protection of motors, control and auxiliary circuits. Magnetic across-the-line starters
with under-voltage release and heat sensing coils for each phase shall be provided to give
positive motor protection.
Low voltage control wiring shall be encased in plastic wireway mounted with screws. The
panel shall have warning tags specifying voltage, phase, and danger. A wiring diagram shall
be provided in the panel. The control panel shall meet NEMA and/or N.E.C. standards.
The panel shall be prewired for the appropriate 3 phase 60 cycle service. The blower motors
and backwash pumps shall be controlled by a 24-hour time clock capable of 96 separate 15-
minute time settings. The time clock shall permit alternate running of the blowers.
On-plant electrical wiring shall be encased in rigid Schedule 40 PVC conduit. Flexible liquid
tight conduit shall be used where possible to make connections from conduit to motor boxes
and other equipment. Wiring and conduit shall be in accordance with NEMA and N.E.C.
standards.
6.4 PAINT SYSTEM
The interior and exterior surfaces of the plant shall be protected from corrosion by an
industrial paint system. The interior and exterior surfaces shall be cleaned of dirt, grease, oil,
rust, mill scale, and welding splatter and shall be grit blasted to a commercial finish: SSPC-
SP6. The interior shall be coated with one (1) coat of tar epoxy to a minimum dry film
thickness of 8 mils.
MARldn/jb/R-A-l/Sec6.rpt
HAl #92-042.00
6-3
Immediately after grit blasting, the exterior surface shall be coated with one (1) coat of
universal metal primer. The primer coat shall be applied to a minimum dry film thickness of 4
mils.
The finish coat shall be applied after a thorough inspection of the primer coat, necessary
touchups and sufficient drying time as required by the paint manufacturer. The finish coat
shall be a two (2) mil coat of alkyds coating.
The total coating dry film thickness of painted surfaces shall be a mInImUm of 6 mils.
Individual coat shall be applied unless the previous coat has had sufficient drying time as
specified by paint manufacturer.
Finish coat color shall be light green.
The exteriors of tanks to be buried shall receive additional coating, consistent with other
installations of the design-builder.
6.5 AERATION AND FLOW EQUALIZATION TANKAGE
6.5.1 Blowers
The blowers and motors shall be mounted on a structural steel blower skid,
shipped loose to mount on a concrete slab. Each blower/motor unit shall be
equipped with a metal belt guard, which shall comply with OSHA
specifications. The blower skid shall be equipped with pressure relief valves,
discharge check valves and blower intake filters. The blower skid shall be
isolated from the treatment plant by the use of vibration dampeners in the piping
system.
The pressure relief valve shall be of the spring-loaded type. The valve shall be
equipped with an adjustable spring. The spring shall be protected from
corrosion by heavy-duty axle grease. The valve shall be mounted on the air
header system. The pressure relieve valve shall be factory tested and adjusted
prior to shipment.
MARldn/jb/R-A-lISec6.rpt
HAl #92-042.00
6-4
Each blower shall be provided with an intake ftlter and, if required, a discharge
silencer. The intake ftlter shall remove dust and particulate matter from the air
to a minimum size of 10 microns. The intake filter shall be mounted on the
blower intake connection.
The plant air header shall be provided with a vacuum breaker and pressure
gauge. The vacuum breaker shall be designed to prevent backflow when a
blower is not running. The pressure gauge shall have a minimum 2" face, and
it shall have a range of zero to five psL
6.5.2 Air Diffusers
The treatment plant shall be provided with air diffusers spaced a maximum
distance of eight (8) feet of center mounted to the air manifold. The diffusers
shall be non-corrosive, lightweight, and removable without dewatering the
compartment.
Each diffuser shall be constructed of a non-corrosive PVC bar 6'6" long
mounted to a schedule 40 galvanized steel drop pipe. The diffuser bar shall
have 3/16-inch diameter holes, spaced to provide efficient oxygen transfer. The
drop pipe shall be provided with a bronze isolation valve. A galvanized union
shall be provided to permit easy removal from the tank without the need for
mechanical lifting devices.
6.5.3 Walkway, Handrail and Ladder
The plant shall be equipped with a service walkway extending over the entire
length of each tank allowing for ease of maintenance of the equipment. The
walkway shall be constructed of structurally supported galvanized steel bar
grating panels. The grating panels shall be 24 inches wide, 1 inch high and
shall have a 1-3/16 inch bearing bar spacing and a 4-inch cross bar spacing.
The grating sections shall be provided with cut-outs for access to air control
valves. The grating sections shall not exceed 12 feet in length.
MARldn/jb/R-A-lISec6.rpt
HAl #92-042.00
6-5
The ladder shall be constructed of structural steel rails, schedule 40 steel piping
rungs and be welded to the end of the tank.
A galvanized handrail system shall extend along the entire length of the
walkway on both sides. The vertical handrail posts and horizontal handrails
shall be constructed of galvanized steel pipe. The rails shall be attached to the
posts with galvanized steel handrail fittings. Walkway, handrail and ladder
shall be in accordance with OSHA specifications.
6.6 CLARIFIERS
The clarifiers will be of the hopper type design. The clarifiers shall be equipped with an inlet
energy dissipation structure, surface skimmer, sludge airlift, scum baffle and adjustable
effluent weir. The hopper sideslope shall not be less than 600 from the horizontal plane and
shall have a slude collector sump of approximately one foot square.
The clarifier shall be equipped with a 3-inch sludge airlift for sludge transfer and a 3-inch
skimmer for floating solids. The sludge return system shall be adjustable and capable of
recirculation capacity of up to 100% of average daily flow and shall be capable of transferring
settled sludge the aeration tank or the digester. Both systems shall be capable of flow
adjustment by air control valves.
6.7 FILTERS
Each filter bed shall have an underdrain system consisting of a PVC manifold and PVC laterals
perforated with slots. Each filter bed shall consist of 3 bottom layers of support media and a
layer of filter media. The support media shall consist of a bottom layer 6 inches deep
composed of 1 112" - 3/4" gravel; a middle layer 6 inches deep composed of 3/4" _ 1/2"
gravel; and a top layer 6 inches deep composed of 112" - 1/4" gravel. The filter media shall
consist of 12 inches of 0.8 mm silica sand. Coefficient of uniformity shall be 1.5 or less.
The effluent from the secondary effluent shall flow into a flow divider, designed to equally
divide the influent between the filter beds. The flow shall be directed by a splash plate over
the filters so that there is minimal disturbance of the filter media. The flow divider shall be
MAR/dn/jb/R-A-lISec6.rpt
HAl #92-042.00
6-6
designed to permit either filter bed to be bypassed while the other filter bed remains in
operation.
When the solids begin to clog the media, the filter should be washed free of its entrapped
solids. This is accomplished by reversing the flow through the filter bed. Backwash is
initiated either by a twenty-four hour time clock or an emergency float switch in the filter cell.
Clean water is pumped from the clearwell tank into the bottom of the filter cell where it is
distributed over the filter bottom cross section by the underdrain system. The water expands
and agitates the filter media breaking loose the entrapped solids and carrying them up into the
backwash water collection area at the top of the filter cell. From the collection area the
backwash water with the load of solids is discharged into the mudwell tank. The rising water
level in the mudwell tank will trip a mercury float switch which will start the mudwell pump.
The mudwell pump will return the backwash water back to the flow equalization tank at a rate
approximately equal to the average treatment plant influent rate. The mudwell pump will
continue to run until the tank is emptied and the mercury float switch signals for the pump to
stop. The mudwell shall be of sufficient size to retain water from one backwash cycle. It
shall be equipped with a minimum of one float operated submersible pump to return the
backwash water to the secondary treatment plant.
MAR/dn/jb/R-A-lISec6.rpt
HAl #92-042.00
6-7
APPENDIX A
Appendix A
GRA VITY
SANITARY SEWER
DESIGN
AND CONSTRUCTION
ASCE MANUALS AND REPORTS ON ENGINEERING
PRACTICE NO. 60
WPCF MANUAL OF PRACTICE NO. FD-5
Prepared by a Joint Task Force of the
American Society of Civil Engineers
and the
Water Pollution Control Federation
The Joint Task Force was composed of members of the ASCE Environ-
mental Engineering Division Committee on Water Pollution Manage-
ment, Pipeline Division Committee on Pipeline Planning, and the WPCF
Facilities Development Subcommittee of the Technical Practice
Committee
Published by the
American Society of Civil Engineers
345 East 47th Street
New York, New York 10017
and the
Water Pollution Control Federation
2626 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20037
,i,,1
"
i:,
1'1
! I
d
i 1.1
; III:
I~
III
:,11 :
I,
1:1
I,
I,
II
Ii
1
II
I:
,
1
,
,I
!III
I :
,
38
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER
Table 3-9 Infiltration Design Allowances for Several Cities
City
(1)
Allowance
(gpdfacre)
(2)
Remarks
(3)
Seattle, Wash.
Bay City, Tex.
Lorain, Oh.
Marion, Oh.
1,100
1,000
1,000
750
Calculations based on a proposed density, with a
100 gpd/cap average flow and peak of 400 gpdl
cap also often used.
Infiltration and exfiltration shall not exceed 200 gal
per inch of pipe diameter per mile of pipe per 24
hr period.
Ottumwa, la.
600
West Springfield,
Mass.
Alma, Mich.
2,000
140
Note: Gpd/acre x 0.00935 = m3/day/ha; gal x 3.785 = L; in. x 2.54 em;
miles x 1.61 = km
It is important to note that design allowances for infiltration normally
are greater than infiltration-exfiltration test allowances. Infiltration-exfiltration
tests are performed when the sanitary sewer is constructed. The design
allowance is based normally on the anticipated condition of the sanitary sewer
when it is nearing the end of its useful life.
12. Minimum and Peak Flows of Sanitary Wastewater
The flow of wastewater (exclusive of groundwater infiltration and un-
avoidable inflow) will vary continuously throughout anyone day, with ex-
treme low flows usually occurring between 2 and 6 a.m. and peak flows
occurring during the daylight hours. The infiltration/inflow component, on the
other hand, remains reasonably constant throughout anyone day except
during and immediately following periods of rainfall.
The ratio of the peak flow of the sanitary component to the average for
the day will range from less than 130% for some large sanitary sewers to more
than 200% for smaller sanitary lateral sewers. Moreover, the ratio of the
maximum daily flow at the end of the design period to the minimum daily
flow at the beginning of the period may range from less than two to more than
five, depending largely on the rate of growth of the area served by the sanitary
sewer (13, 17). Hence, the range of flows for which a sanitary sewer must be
designed, that is, peak flow to extreme minimum, will vary from less than 3:1
for large sanitary sewers serving stable populations to more than 20:1 for small
sanitary sewers serving growing populations where domestic wastewater is
the major component of the total flow. The ratios may be much greater where
infiltration/inflow are the governing factors.
The records of existing wastewater or water systems are rarely complete
enough to permit estimates of the sanitary sewage component of the mini-
mum flow or peak flow. On a broader basis, Figs. 3-4, 3-5, 3-6 and 3-7 are
Jli
~.
---"
examples of the variatio
which dry-weather was
the ratios of peak anc
recommended for use iJ
weather maximums, is
design of sanitary sewe
River Valley, Massachu
number of other munic
oped by the Bureau of
been in use since 1962.
city of Toronto, Canad
10
8
-.
-- ---~ -'-
-... ...
S F '-- -J.
-
, ----' ~ k
---
;l 6
.g 5
..
"" 4
~
:l:
.2:-
.;;;
."
..
""
e
..
>
..
.s
-'"
..
2:. 0.8
~ 0.6
~ 0.5
E 0.4
:~ 0.3
o
:ll 0.2
..
CI:
0.1
1
. Curve A source: Babbitt
Sons, Inc., New York
Curve A. source: Babbitt,
Ed., John Wiley" SOl
Curve B source: Harman,
EAIl. Ne1D,.Rec. 80. 1:
Curve C source: Youngsto
Curve D source: Marylan,
of Applied Hydraulic.
Curve E source: Gi/ft, H.
o.nd SttIJeTQl1e, 92. 17f
Curve F aource: uManual
Washington, D.C.
Curve G source: Fair. G.
Ed.. John Wiley" 8<
Curves Ao, B, and G were
5
Curve A..~
CurveB, ~+
4 + I/P
Cnrve G 18 + 1/1' ,
, 4 + 1/1'
in which P equals po
Fig. 3-4. Ratio of extrem
QUANTITY OF WASTEWATER
39
with a
o gpd/
examples of the variations in peak and minimum rates of flow for situations in
which dry-weather wastewater flows are expected to govern. Fig. 3-4 shows
the ratios of peak and minimum flows to average daily wastewater flow
recommended for use in design by various authorities. Fig. 3-5, based on dry-
weather maximums, is the modification of a .chart originally prepared for the
design of sanitary sewers for a group of 18 cities and towns in the Merrimack
River Valley, Massachusetts. The ratios given are approximately correct for a
number of other municipalities in the same general area. Fig. 3-6 was devel-
oped by the Bureau of Engineering, City of Los Angeles, California, and has
been in use since 1962. Fig. 3-7 shows peak residential wastewater flow for the
city of Toronto, Canada.
00 gal
:>er 24
10
8
-.
-- Io..._~ Maximum flows
--... -.- '-
817 F ~ '-f_
~~
-. - ~:-::-
0
~ ~'=. ~j; -
....A ::::. :::.::: iJ-
G
~ -- -
_I- - .- _.- E,
.
~ ,:::":"". .. .- .
k=~ - . . Minimum flows
- 1.-=
4 5 6 7 8 910
200
400 600 BOO 1000
mally
~ation
esign
,ewer
!l
~
g:,
..
!l
~
.2:-
.iij
."
..
~
~
2
-'"
..
8. 0.8
~ 0.6
~ 0.5
~ 0.4
'c
'E 0.3
'0
,g 0.2
..
'"
i un-
h ex-
flows
n the
xcept
0.1
I
;e for
more
f the
daily
than
titary
1st be
to 3:1
small
ter is
~here
20 30 40 60 so 100
Population, in thousands
. Curve A souree: Babbitt, H. 10:., "Sewerage and Sewage Treatment." 7th Ed.. John Wiley &
Sons, Ine., New York (1953).
Curve A. souree: Babbitt, H. E., and Baumann, E. R., "Sewerage and Sewage Treatment." 8th
Ed., John Wiley & Sons. Ine., New York (1958).
Curve B souree: Harman, W. G., "Foreeasting Sewage at Toledo under Dry-Weather Condition....
Eng. New.-Rec. 80. 1233 (1918).
Curve C souree: Young.town, Ohio, report.
Curve D souree: Maryland State Department of Health eurve prepared in 1914. In "Handbook
of Applied Hydraulies:' 2nd Ed., MeGraw-HilI Book Co., New York (1952).
Curve E souree: Gilft, H. M., "Estimating Variations in Domsetie Sewage Flows:' Water,oorb
and Sewerage, 92.175 (194.5).
Curve F louree: uManual of Military Construction." Corps of Engineers, United States Army,
Washington, D.O.
Ourve G Souree: Fair. G. M., and Geyer. J. Coo "Water Supply and Waste-Water Disposal." 1st
Ed., John Wiley & Sona, Ine.. New York (1954.).
Curves A2. B. aud G were eonstrueted as follows:
5
Ourve A., ~
~
Curve B. ~ +1
4. +vP
OumG, 18+,,? .... ~1iI s-ta,f<t..& ~
4. +VP
in whieh P equals populatiou in thousands.
l. ..1-
7 are
Fig. 3-4. Ratio of extreme flows to average daily flow compiled from various sources.
40
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER
y
I'
1
j
I,
i!
f'
I'
j:!
II:
,
- P':''';rn I I I
--- t "'~')'l
.I I i r-- --- r-
A.ln."'1"".14 fI, I
I T
! I l-
i 1
A.....ced.&.IJd;~h.'..
- - t--
,
,
i _f--
...,""""'....2&'" ; -
4 I
I i l-
i I !fl.".......,..O.Y !--,
~ll
~.Il"'" I
i ,
, i I I
i
~
,; 10
.;- 09
: 08
:' 01
i 06
~
9 0.5
:
O'
OJ
02
01
01
02 OJ O. 0506 0.8 10
.. 5 6 1 8 '3 10 IS 10 30 40 SO 60 80 100
~..lttl.'IJdl'Chlfll'OlcSom.5hC'l'....,I.'n"'ld
Fig. 3-5. Ratio of extreme flows to average daily flow in New England (mgd x 3.8 = m31
day).
'i I
:.Ii,'" ,
I' :
:, ,
ill ,i
:1 :,i
Many state regulatory agenices have established general design param-
eters of 1.5 m3/day/cap (400 gpd/cap) for laterals and 0.95 m3/day/cap (250 gpd!
cap) for trunk sanitary sewers as the minimum acceptable design flow rates
(average daily flow per capita) where no actual measurements or other perti-
nent data are available. These minimum values assume the presence of a
normal quantity of infiltration but make no allowance for flows from founda-
tion drains, roofs, yard drains, or unpolluted cooling water. Additional design
quantities should be added where conditions favoring excessive infiltration or
inflow are present. Also, provision must be made for industrial wastes which
are to be transported by the sanitary sewers.
J
I :'"'I,!
I ~
:'
/',;1
'Iii
I"
!! i
I
a. Fixture-Unit Method of Design
Estimate of peak sewage flows for facilities such as hospitals, hotels,
schools, apartment buildings and office buildings may be made by the
"fixture-unit" method (14). Flows from these facilities approach peak rates
during the daylight hours. If the velocities in sanitary sewers designed for
these flows are adequate for self-cleansing, deposits during the night hours
will be resuspended and no nuisance should result. The National Standard
Plumbing Code - 1980 (18) defines fixture-unit flow rate as "the total discharge
flow in gallons per minute of a single fixture divided by 7.5 which provides
the flow rate of that particular plumbing fixture as a unit of flow. Fixtures are
rated as multiples of this unit of flow." It further defines fixture-unit as a
"quantity in terms of which the load-producing effects on the plumbing
system of different kinds of plumbing fixtures are expressed on some arbitrar-
ily chosen scale." From the first of these it can be seen that a fixture-unit is ap-
proximately 0.028 m3/min (1 dm).
Table 3-10 shows the fixture-unit value for various plumbing fixtures and
groups of fixtures. Based on these, the discharge rate for the average single-
family house or apartment is about 12 fixture units or three per person for a
family of four.
'II
II',:
I, :,1
, 'j',,"
, .r!:
" :i
i ;1
! I~
, ,
I
III
I
"
4
3
2
~
~
x
~
"-
'<'O~
0.2
0.1
0.1 0.2 0.3 O.~
Average flow, in cu
10
8
6
~ 5
.:! 4
x
~ 3
"-
2
I
I 2 3 4
Fig. 3-6. Ratio of peak fI,
Fig. 3-8 shows
sisting of various nu
by Hunter (14). The
1,000 persons at thfE
(440 gpm). This con
person system at an
peak rate of dischar~
(0.56 mgd), or 25 LI
Although the
peak flow estimated
capita flow basis, it n
, on a probability proj.
as to the average nUll
It also is based on a ,
an average or normi'
)0
m3!
Jaram-
;0 gpdl
v rates
. perti-
:e of a
Dunda-
design
Hon or
, which
hotels,
by the
lk rates
ned for
t hours
tandard
scharge
lrovides
ures are
1it as a
.umbing
arbitrar-
ap- _
lfes and
i? single-
,on for a
---';"'~
QUANTITY OF WASTEWATER
4
3
2
(; 1
~ 0.8
'" 0,6
ill
"-
0.4
0,3
0.2
4
i- 3
f actof
1// 2
u
,/ ~
:u
1 c.
""
,<,Q~ 0.8 B
1/ 0,6 ,!:.
.;I ~ /
./ 2
/' 0.4 i V
.,
0.3 "- /
0.2
0.1
,1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 0.8 1
Average flow, in cu ft per see 1/
/
/Q~
'/ ,<"
/
1/""
./
/
7
~-- .L
-
far' -- -
0.1
o
10
8
6
~ 5
.J! 4
'"
ill 3
"-
2
1
I
1
400 600 1000
2 3 4 6 8 10 20 30 40 60 80 100
Average flow, in cu ft per see
200
Fig, 3-6. Ratio of peak flow to average daily flow in Los Angeles (cfs x 1,7 = m3jmin).
41
4000
3000
2000
1000
800
600
500
400
300
200
u
~
:u
100 c.
""
80 "
u
60 ,!:
50 ~.
g
40 '"
..
30 .,
"-
20
10
8
6
5
4
3
2
Fig. 3-8 shows the probable peak rates of discharge from systems con-
sisting of various numbers of fixture-units, as taken from probability studies
by Hunter (14). The probable peak rate of discharge from a system serving
1,000 persons at three fixture-units per person is, for example, about 28 Lisee
(440 gpm). This compares with results obtained from Fig. 3-5 for a 1,000-
person system at an average daily discharge of 380 Llcap (100 gal/cap). The
peak rate of discharge estimated from Fig. 3-5 is approximately 2,120 m3!day
(0.56 mgd), or 25 Lisee (390 gpm).
Although the preceding example exhibits close agreement between a
peak flow estimated by the fixture-unit method and that computed on a per
capita flow basis, it must be remembered that the fixture-unit method is based
. on a probability projection. This projection contains a number of assumptions
as to the average number of fixture-units and the average water use per capita.
It also is based on a distribution of water use or water use habits representing,
an average or normal population. Large variations in conditions such as the\i
,4
42
0.010
0.009
ni 0.008
.c
~
E
~ 0.007
0
-'
LL
CI: 0.006
UJ
~
~
UJ
f- 0.005
en
~
-'
<( 0.004
i=
z
UJ
0
u; 0.003
UJ
CI:
::.::
<(
UJ
Cl.. 0.002
0.001
0.00
GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER
ASSUMPTIONS:
Normal present population density = 200 cap/ha.
Ultimate development population density
(for areas less than 40 ha) = 740 cap/ha.
For larger areas density will decrease
Lpc
Average residential wastewater flow = 270 day
"
I'
~
"
~ ,
I' I'
" 1\10.9, ~ Ul.7'/41.
....r-- 111"1[ ~ ~7'~
p ...... DEV
"'" ...RESENf I T ~MENT
.... . DEVELOPMENT
I I I I I I . I I I I I I I
Table 3-10 Drainage Fi
Type of Fixh
Automatic clothes washer
Bathroom group consistirlj
bathtub or shower stall
Bathtub' (with or without
Bidet
Clinic Sink
Combination sink-and-tray
Combination sink-and-tray
Combination sink-and-tray
Dental unit or cuspidor
Dental lavatory
Drinking fountain
Dishwasher, domestic
Floor drains with 2 in. Wi
Kitchen sink, domestic, W
Kitchen sink, domestic, W
Kitchen sink, domestic, W
1 V2 in. trap
Kitchen sink, domestic, W
Lavatory with 1 V4 in. was
Laundry tray (1 or 2 corr
Shower stall, domestic
Showers (group) per hea.
Sinks:
Surgeon's
Flushing rim (with valVE
Service (trap standar
Service (P trap)
Pot, scullery, etc. b
Urinal, pedestal, syphon.
Urinal, wall lip
Urinal, stall, washout
Urinal trough (each 6-ft.
Wash sink (circular or ml
Water closet, private
Water closet, public
Fixtures not listed above
Trap size 1 V4 in. or Ie!
Trap size 1V2 in.
Trap size 2 in.
Trap 'size 2V2 in.
Trap size 3 in.
Trap size 4 in.
o 0 000
N v to a:>
000000000000000
o N v to a:> 0 N v to a:> 0 N v to a:>
- - - - N N N N N ~ ~ ~ M M
TRIBUTARY AREA, ha
Fig. 3-7. Peak residential wastewater flow lor the City 01 Toronto. Ontario. Canada (m3/sec/
ha x 14.5 = cIs/acre; Ucap/day x 0.26 = gal/cap/day; ha x 2.5 = acre).
number of fixture-units per capita and the average use per capita will offset
the flow per fixture-unit and cause actual flows to vary from the flows that
would be estimated from Fig. 3-8. In the same manner, an extremely homo-
genous population or a highly regulated population can cause a marked
variation between the flows experienced and those predicted.
Maximum water usage in apartment projects in Chicago, Illinois (15),
was studied and found to be considerably below that predicted by the fixture-
unit method. The results of this study, which covered apartment projects for
the elderly, for low income, large family groups, and middle-income families,
are shown in Table 3-11.
'A shower head over
b See Section 11.4.2 01
devices or equipment whi
drainage systems.
Note: 1 in. = 2.54 cm
A";:......
'.
.-,
p/ha.
.pc
ay
o 0
<0 CO
C') C')
3/sec/
offset
s that
lomo-
larked
) ,_J),
xture-
:ts for
nilies,
-.,-
IIJi'
/__.["'oi:!' ,
QUANTITY OF WASTEWATER
Table 3-10 Drainage Fixture Unit Values for Various Plumbing Fixtures (18)
Type of Fixture or Group of Fixtures
(1)
Drainage Fixture
Unit Value (d.f.u.)
(2)
Automatic clothes washer (2 in. standpipe)
Bathroom group consisting of a water closet, lavatory and
bathtub or shower stall
Bathtub" (with or without overhead shower)
Bidet
Clinic Sink
Combination sink-and-tray with food waste grinder
Combination sink-and-tray with one 1 V2 in. trap
Combination sink-and-tray with separate 1 V2 in. traps
Dental unit or cuspidor
Dental lavatory
Drinking fountain
Dishwasher, domestic
Floor drains with 2 in. waste
Kitchen sink, domestic, with one 1% in. trap
Kitchen sink, domestic, with food waste grinder
Kitchen sink, domestic, with food waste grinder and dishwasher
1 V2 in. trap
Kitchen sink, domestic, with dishwasher 1'/2 in. trap
Lavatory with 1 % in. waste
laundry tray (lor 2 compartments)
Shower stall, domestic
Showers (group) per headb
Sinks:
Surgeon's
Flushing rim (with valve)
Service (trap standard)
Service (P trap)
Pot, scullery, etc. b
Urinal, pedestal, syphon jet blowout
Urinal, wall lip
Urinal, stall, washout
Urinal trough (each 6-ft. section)
Wash sink (circular or multiple) each set of faucets
Water closet, private
Water closet, public
Fixtures not listed above:
Trap size 1% in. or less
Trap size 1 V2 in.
Trap size 2 in.
Trap 'size 2Y2 in.
Trap size 3 in.
Trap size 4 in.
3
3
1
2
2
2
3
6
3
2
4
6
4
4
2
2
4
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
"A shower head over a bathtub does not increase the fixture unit value.
b See Section 11.4.2 of Ref. 18 for method of computing equivalent fixture unit values for
devices or equipment which discharge continuous or semi-continuous flows into sanitary
drainage systems.
Note: 1 in. = 2.54 cm;1 ft = 0.305 m
3
6
2
1
6
4
2
3
1
1
V2
2
3
2
2
43
44 GRAVITY SANITARY SEWER
I t 500
, 11
"7
./
7'
V
....-
..' ./
.....
V
"
./
./
V
7
/
400
51.-0
"
:;
c
'F
4i 300
0-
..
c
.2
..
""
c
';;)-200
~
:;l
o
I
100
,
II
o
o
1,500 t,ooo
Number ollixlure units
1l1DD
Relation of peak discharge to fixture-units (gpm x 0,0631 = Lisee).
3,000
500
1,000
2.500
Fig. 3-8.
D. RECAPITULATION
:1'
Iii
; !~
The quantity of wastewater which must be transported is based on full
consideration of the following:
(1) The design period during which the predicted maximum flow will
not be exceeded.
(2) Domestic wastewater flow projections should be based on future
population and future per capita water consumption projections. However,
unless a more precise parameter than water consumption is available, careful
analysis should be made of population distributions and the relationship of
maximum and minimum to average per capita wastewater flows. The fixture-
unit method of estimating peak rates should be employed for small popula-
tions, giving due care to estimating the probable number of fixturecunits and
water use per capita. When large areas are to be considered, the peak rate of
flow per capita or per acre sometimes is decreased as areas and population
increase.
(3) Commercial area contributions are sometimes assumed to be ade-
quately provided for in the peak allowance for per capita wastewater flows in
small communities. A per acre allowance for comparable commercial areas
based on records is, the more reasonable approach for large communities.
(4) Industrial wastewater flows should include the estimated employee
contribution estimated or gauged allowances per acre for industry as a whole,
and estimated or actual flow rates from plants with process wastewaters which
may be permitted to enter the sanitary sewer.
(5) Institutional wastewaters are usually domestic in nature,although
some industrial wastewaters may be generated by manufacturing operations at
prisons, rehabilitation centers, etc.
(6) Air conditioning and industrial cooling waters, if permitted to enter
sanitary sewers, mayamount to 5.7 to 7,6 Llmin (1.5 to 2.0 gpm) per ton of
nonwater-conserving cooling units. Unpolluted cooling waters should be kept
out of sanitary sewers. .
Gl
Gi~:!::(:)
Q.B:5::-
LL
'i Q.
>
.. ~N
CD
III ......
J:l III Gl~
O"g Q.
.. III
0 E
it! -
Q.
E <;::-
Q. III .. ....
~ Gl ~
S Q.
'0 a:
c
III
E iij.....
t! _0
0....
~~
E
~
E Q.
>C III
III 00;
:E ...~
~ Gl
Q.
>0::-
J:lGl a
'0 >
S ..
~ <.....
.20 ...ClO
'i ... CD~
Gl Q.
... -
Q. c
~
:J:
St::"
~~
Q.
III
0.....
fD
...~
CD
Q.
III
-
'2 a
;:) <.....
Gl :De
...
~
'SC Q.
u:
ca""",
-..,.
~~
-
Q.
<.....
c Cii.~
.2
'Iii Q.
"5
Q.
0 ca_
Q. -C\l
~~
ci !i--
z Q.....
<-
IS
'C
.
E
t
.
Go
<
o
1lI
~
~
u
j
~
oS
~
J
Community Water Systems
SOURCE BOOK
by JOSEPH S. AMEEN, S.M., Sanitary Engineer
COMMERCIAL . INSTITUTIONAL . RESIDENTIAL
INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS
FIFTH EDITION
FIFTH PRINTING
TECHNICAL PROCEEDINGS
P. O. BOX 5041. HIGH POINT, NORTH CAROLINA 27262
I
II
TABLE 4-6
TYPICAL WASTEWATER FLOWS FROM COMMERCIAL SOURCES (18)
Wastewater F1 ow
Source Uni t Ra nge Typi ca 1
gpd/uni t
Airport Passenger 2.1 - 4.0 2.6
Automobile Service Sta ti on Vehicle Served 7.9 - 13.2 10.6
Emp 1 oyee 9.2 - 15.8 13.2
Bar Customer 1.3 - 5.3 2.1
Employee 10.6 - 15.8 13.2
Hotel Guest 39.6 - 58.0 50.1
Emp 1 oyee 7.9 - 13.2 10.6
Industri a 1 Bui 1 di ng Emp 1 oyee 7.9 - 17.2 14.5
(excluding industry and
cafeteri a)
Laundry (self-service) Machine 475 - 686 580
Wash 47.5 - 52.8 50.1
Mote 1 Person 23.8 - 39.6 31. 7
Motel with Kitchen Person 50.2 - 58.1 52.8
Office Employee 7.9 - 17.2 14.5
Restaurant Meal 2.1 - 4.0 2.6
Rooming House Resident 23.8 - 50.1 39.6
Store, Department Toil et room 423 - 634 528
Emp 1 oyee 7.9 - 13.2 10.6
Shopping Center Parki ng Space 0.5 - 2.1 1.1
Employee 7.9 - 13.2 10.6
60
TABLE 4-7
TYPICAL WASTEWATER FLOWS FROM INSTITUTIONAL SOURCES (18)
Source
Hospital, Medical
Hospi ta l, Mental
Prison
Rest Home
School, Day:
With Cafeteria, Gym,
Showers
With Cafeteria Only
Without Cafeteria, Gym,
Showers
School, Boardi ng
Uni t
Wastewater Flow
Range Typical
gpd/uni t
Bed 132 - 251 172
Emp 1 oyee 5.3 - 15.9 10.6
Bed 79.3 - 172 106
Employee 5.3 - 15.9 10.6
Inmate 79.3 - 159 119
Employee 5.3 - 15.9 10.6
Resi dent 52.8 - 119 92.5
Employee 5.3 - 15.9 10.6
Student
Student
15.9 - 30.4
10.6 - 21.1
5.3 - 17.2
52.8 - 106
21.1
15.9
10.6
74.0
Student
Student
61
I:!
.I'.il
,II
j,
I'
il
TABLE 4-3
CHARACTERISTICS OF TYPICAL RESIDENTIAL WASTEWATERa
Parameter
Mass Loadi ng
gm/cap/day
Concentration
mg{l
Suspended Solids
Volatile Suspended Solids
115 - 170
65 - 85
35 - 50
25 - 40
680 - 1000
380 - 500
200 - 290
150 - 240
Total Sol ids
Volatile Soli ds
Chemical Oxygen Demand
35 - 50
115 - 125
200 - 290
680 - 730
BODS
Total Nitrogen
6 17
1 - 3
35 100
6 - 18
Ammonia
Nitrites and Nitrates
<1
<1
Total Phosphorus
Phosphate
3 - 5
1 - 4
18 - 29
6 - 24
Total Co1iformsb
Fecal Co1iformsb
1010 _ 1012
108 _ 1010
a For typical residential dwellings equipped with standard water-using
fixtures and ~pp1iances (excluding garbage disposals) generating
approximately 45 gpcd (170 1pcd). Based on the results presented in
(5}(6}(7}(10}(13).
b Concentrations presented in organisms per liter.
56
TABLE 4-4
POLLUTANT CONTRIBUTIONS OF MAJOR RESIDENTIAL
WASTEWATER FRACTIONSa (gm/cap/day)
Basins,
Garbage Si nk s , Approxi mate
Parameter Disposal Toil et Appliances Total
BOD5 18.0 16.7 28.5 63.2
10 . 9 - 30. 9 6.9 - 23.6 24.5 - 38.8
Suspended 26.5 27.0 17.2 70.7
Sol ids 15.8 - 43.6 12.5 - 36.5 10.8 - 22.6
Nitrogen 0.6 8.7 1.9 11.2
0.2 - 0.9 4.1 - 16.8 1.1 - 2.0
Phosphorus 0.1 1.2 2.8 4.0
0.1 - 0.1 0.6 - 1.6 2.2 - 3.4
a Means and ranges of results reported in (5)(6)(7)(10)(14)
TABLE 4-5
POLLUTANT CONCENTRATIONS OF MAJOR RESIDENTIAL
WASTEWATER FRACTIONSa (mg/1)
Garbage Basins, Sinks, Combined
Parameter Disposal Toilet Appliances Wastewater
BOD5 2380 280 260 360
Suspended 3500 450 160 400
So 1 i ds
Nitrogen 79 140 17 63
Phosphorus 13 20 26 23
a Based on the average results presented in Table 4-4 and the
following wastewater flows: Garbage disposal - 2 gpcd (8 1pcd);
toilet - 16 gpcd (61 1pcd); basins, sinks and appliances - 29 gpcd
(110 1pcd); total - 47 gpcd (178 1pcd).
58
APPENDIX B
Appendix B
)
1-
Feu, ,
Fn'
EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED BV BID PACKAGE NO. 16 PRIME PLUMBING CONTRACTOR
cont.ractor is to verify count ot fixtures required tor
pertorMance of his work prior to bid. In the event any fixture
is not listed or an error is in the required number shown it
will be the responsibility of this contractor to provide and
install any fixtures shown on the plans.
Fixtures and equipment listed shall include all required
specialty attachment d&v1ces, wall sleeves and accessories.
(Reterence drawin9' 8. OOA and 8.22 tor fixture designation
definitions) ·
. STANDARD "'IXTURESr
)
n~TURE ~ ZONE A\
\ 15 I
\ 2 ,
\ 3 I
\ 12 \
\ 8 \
t 6 1
I \
\ B \
\ \
, 1
\ ""
QI-f=:> I 0 I
Z9NE
WC-l
WC-2
UR-l
Ql.~
Cf-2~
L-4
BT-l
5-1
CS-l
" PS-l
PT-l
SS-l
SS-2
B lJONE
4 I 8
\ 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
\-' ~
\
1
I
I
\
,
I
\
ct ZO~E 01
r 2 \
I 1
\ I
\ - \
I 2 \ I
I I
\ \
\ 7 \
\ ~ \
\ \
- I
\
I
\
\
I
Et IoTA~
1
,
\
19NE
2
~I
1
4
,
n
1..7
2
I
,
\
\
\
I
1\ ~"
I~
1
,
6
8
1
1
5'
I
31
1
13
6
1
,
I
.\
1
1
1
-
2
5
4
2
2
.
.3
1
4
2
2
PRIME pLUMBING sCOPE 'F weRK (A'.. 3)
..316 - 13
01/.~92
to'd
L696<:6<:S0f:=aI
~S3M ^3~-S~I~~3~/~W 8<::tt
f:6-80-f:0
fIXTURE !,ZONE Ai ~O~E Bl ZONt ci ZOHE Qt ZQ~E El
BOOST PKPI - I '1 I I I
I I , I I , }
SUMP pun I 2' -, 2' , , A
l"U'"1 I I , I ,-.
f -I 11.. I.. I 1\
I - I I 1 I 1 I I
I I. 1 I I I " \
I .. I I , I
WTR SOFT' .. I 1 I I : I I
I I I I I I
~"---~---------"-----"_._-----------_._-------~-:5~
. PEN}'!' FIX'l'URE~: ../\. \J ,J~ P)
~"..... '....0 ,iLl- ~~"i'-"-) f\..\' . L
FIXTUR~ II~E A II ZONE ~l ZONE C 'Z D! ZONE E~
I I I I
I, 24 I - I 3 I 4 I '3'
I I ,I I
1 -I -I 1 412 7
I I 4 I 92 I 94 f9 ()
I 1 I 4 I 12 I J "1
we..? I 4 I - I I
UR-2 I - I - I - 1 I 2
~I I I I
1...._ ~.. 3 ~, 26 I I 2 I 2
t .. I - I 4 I
I I I I
I 24 I I 18 I 22
I 4\ 11 2 4 I 2
I, I 2 I 2 2 I
Q~ I I -I 4 I
, 2 I - I I
I I ! 3 I
WH-l
WH-2
WH-J
we-)
WC-4
WC-5
)
WC-6
L-S
SH-l
SH-2
SH-3
58-5
FD-8
------~._--------~-~----------_..~-------~.-----~--
)
01/09/92
PRIME PLUMBING SCOPE OF WORK (ADO. 3)
~0.d
L696~6~S0E:=aI
~S3M ^3~-S~I~~3~/~W 8~:tt E:6-80-E:0
(
(
<f
3
"
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
<1
G,4
)~
~
G.
1-
1
Op316 - 14
(.
Monroe County Detention Facility
Stock Island
Approximating Capacity Necessary
by Estimating Equivalent Fixture Units
Fixture Fixture
Total Number Unit Value Units
Fixture Type Proposed (Each) (Equiv.)
WC-1 31 4 124
WC-2 4 4 16
UR-1 3 4 12
L-1 11 2 22
L-2 27 2 54
L-4 8 2 16
BT-1 1 3 3
S-1 37 3 111
CS-1 1 4 4
PS-1 1 4 4
PT-1 1 2 2
SS-1 1 3 3
SS-2 19 3 57
EWC-1 16 6 96
DF-1 3 0.5 1.5
) Boost PMP 1 2 2
Sump PMP 4 2 8
WH-1 1 4 4
WH-2 1 4 4
WH-3 1 4 4
WTR Soft 1 1 1
WC-3 31 4 124
WC-4 7 4 28
WC-5 190 4 760
WC-6 17 4 68
WC-7 4 4 16
UR-2 3 4 12
L-3 31 2 62
L-5 4 2 8
SH-1 64 3 192
SH-2 13 3 39
SH-3 6 3 18
SH-4 6 3 18
SH-5 2 3 6
FD-8 3 5 15
Total 1914.5
Total Number of Fixtures *25 = Estimated Daily Flow
) Estimated Daily Flow = 47863 GPD
*36 ::. S 7.; q.~5 ~?cl.
Aeration Basin Design
Qadf (Hydraulic Design) =
Qadf (Solids looadilg Design) =
Peaking Factor
Qpdf (Hydraulic Design) =
Organic loading Rate (OlR) =
Hydraulic Detention Time (HOT adf) =
F/M Ratio =
Side Water Depth (SWD) =
Mixed Uquor Volatile SS (MLVSS)=
Mixed Uquor Suspended Solids High Estimate (MLSS)=
Mixed Uquor Suspended Solids Low Estimate (MLSS)=
Sludge Production =
Tank Volume (V) =
Carbonaceous Oxygen Demand (COD) Rate =
Carbonaceous Oxygen Demand (COD) =
Nitrogenous Oxygen Demand (NOD) Rate =
Nitrogenous Oxygen Demand (NOD) =
Controllilg Standard Process Air Required =
Minimum Mixing Requirements =
Minimum Mixing Requirements (Design) =
Overall Controlling Air (Mixing or Process) =
Influent BOD Concentration
Effluent BOD Concentration =
Solids Retention Time (SRl) : Based On Aeration Basin =
Soluble Effluent BOD Concentration =
Influent NH3-N =
Effluent NH3-N =
MU (N),max(T) = Nitrifier Maximum Specific Growth Rate =
MU (N}.T = Nitrifier SpecifIC Growth Rate =
Theoretical Sludge Age (SRl)c. theor for Nitrification =
Design Sludge Age (SRl)c.design for Nitrification =
Controllilg SAT (Process or Nitrification) =
Organic Removal Rate (Qb) =
Min Hydraulic Detention Time for NitrifICation (HDTn) =
Alkalinity Constant =
Influent Alkalinity Concentration as CaC03 =
Alkalinity left Over as CaC03 =
A1kalin' Residual Concentration as CaC03 -
Process Calculations
\~:6~~ ~~~~~
:.:.:..:.::..2;$0
0.318 (MGD)
16.47 (Ib BOD/1000ft^3/day)
18.9 (hours)
.. 0.126
jf{j (ft)
>~i@ (mg/l)
40@ (mgJl)
<g~@ (mg/l)
q@j(lbTSS/lb BOD removed)
/1~$~ (ft^3) 100000
jp(lb 02/Lb BOD Removed)
H297H(lb 02/day)
A:li(lb 02/1b (NH3 - N Removed)
101 (Ib 02/day)
....H. H.402. (SCFM)
.@)(SCFM/1000 ft ^ 3)
267 (SCFM)
/~@ (~;~)
<:@ (mg/l)
(days)
(mgJl)
(mgJI)
(mg/l)
1.957 (day^-1)
1.243 (day^ -1)
0.8 (days)
1.3 (days)
52.6 (days)
1.224 lib BOD rem/(lb MLVSS*day))
H2.:? (hours)
nH(lb CaC03 cons/lb NH3-N oxid)
;i@ (mg/l)
-10 (Ib/day)
-14.2 m
(Gal)
BOO Mu. - Flow (mgd) * Concentration (mg/1) * 8.34 -
OlA (Ib BOO/l000 tt^31day) - BOO Mu. (Ib BOO/day) /VoIume (l000tt^3) -
16.47 lib BOD/l000tt^31davl
220 (Ib BOO/day)
Ten Stale WPCF Manual 01 WEF Manual 01
Stan dards Practice No.6 (1977 Practice No.6 (19921
15 10-15
Ib BOD per Ib BOD per
1000 tt^3 per day l000ft^3perday
pg 60-6 Table 14-IX
At Average Dally Flow (Solid. Loading Design)
*Oraanlc Loading Rate I
*H draullc Detention Time
HOT (hours) - Volume (gal) / Flow (gp~
At Average Dally FLow (Hydraullq
HOT adl -
0.787 (days)
At Peak Dally Flow (pd1)
HOT dI-
0.315 da
18-24
(hours)
Table 14-IX
18.90 (hours)
Assume Minimum MLVSS -
BOO Load =
2100 (mg/1)
220.18 (Ib BOO/day)
7.56 hours
*F/M RatIo I
F/M RatIo - (BOD Load)/ML\lSS/8.34NoIume (mg)
F/M Ratio - 0.126 rdav^-ll
*SoIld. Aalentlon Time S
SRT _ Mu. In Aeration Buln (Ib)/Mu. Wuted (Ib/day)
U.lng tile low ..tlm..... lor MLSS
Mu. - MLSS * Volume * 6.34 - 2085 (Ib TSS)
Mu. Wuted - (Inl BOO - Elf BOD) * 8.34 * Flow * Sludge Production =
Mus Wuted = 40 (Ib TSS/day)
SRT-
52.6 da
0.05 0.1 <=0.05 lor MLSS
(day^-I) (day^-l)
lor MLVSS Table 14-IX
pg 60-6 pg 266
Air Design Calculations
.Carbon.....ous 02 Demand
BOD Mass = Flow (mgd) . 8.34 . (Inf BOO - Elf BOD) = 198 (Ib BOO/day)
Carbon.....ous Oxygen Demand = 1.5 (Ib BOOl1b BOD Removed)
'Nitro enous Ox en Demand
Influent NH3-N =
NH3-N Mass = (Inf - EFF) . 8.34' Flow (mgd)
Mass-
Nitr ous Ox en Demand =
40 (mgl1J
*Total Ox en Demand
Theta
Alpha
Beta
PI
P msl
DOf
T
C sal20
Surface Csal20
Surface CsalT
C salT
...........1.024.
........... .
...............Uh;7il.
...................
..............o:...~.....
........ .
:::::::::::::::.::-:'::>:.~. _.::
iiiJ;Ojln Hg
::<~;il2:ln Hg
..................................
:,:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::,...:mgll
:::::::::.}:::.::::{:iiic
...................
.......................11..1....
........................~;I.
8.07
AORISOA =
Sian dard
'Actual Air Reaulrements
Actual Temperature -
Actual Pressure -
Assumed Percent Air by Weight =
Density of Air al Standard Conditions =
Course Bubble 02 Transfer ElIlclency (OTE) -
:'",,,,,'::JIXl::F
)~i{ (psn
.:.....:...:~~:. (%)
~;VU(I~^3)
Stadard Air Required = SORIDensitylPercent Alr/OTEl1440
Standard Air Required - 402 (SCFM)
Actual Air Required - (SCFM)(14.71P1)(t1/528)
T1 - Blower Inlet Temperature -
P1 - Blower Inlet Pressure -
Actual Air ReQuired =
560 (R)
:::::::::::::"4'''''' (psn
.....'42';/ACFM\
'Mlxln Re ulrements
20 (SCFMl1ooofl^3)
267 (SCFM)
Mlnlnum Air Requirement (SCFM) _
Minimum Air Required For BOD Removal And Nltrlflcatlon @
2000 (fl ^ 3I1b BOO)
Air Re ulrement - 275 SCFM
Ten Stale WPCF Manual of ~EF Manual of
Slandards Practice No. 8119n Practice No. e 11992\
1.8 Ib 02 per 1.4 1.8
Ib Peak BOD Ib 02 per
pg 80-7 Ib BOD removed
Table 14-IX
pg 268
4.3-4.6
Ib O2I1b NH3-N
pg 222
20 SCFM/1000ft^3
Coarse Bubble
0.12SCFMJIt^3
Fine Bubble
244
2000 fl^3 per
Ib BOO rem, 510
20-30
SCFM/1ooo fl ^ 3
pg 572
Nitrification Calculations
Manual of Practice FD-7 (1983)
WEF Manual of
Practice No. S11992
Waler Temperature z,,}':'},3(I(c)
K (Nd) = Decay Rate = ..'.'..""""""<,'<o:liillHday ^ -1)
SAT Safety Factor -,:},,};(,$. ..
K (N) z Half Saturated Coefficlant lor Nitrogen <} :ll:$:'(mg/l)
K (0) = Half Saturated Coefficient lor Oxygen -},' ]JHmg/l)
pgS
I*DesI:;SIUdge Age ~
(S c,deslgn - [ SRT)c,theor]*SF -
*Ortlanlc Removal Rate I
1.3415 (days)
I pg7
I pg7
I pg7
L pg7
pg 36-37
Vb = Heterotrophic YIeld Coefficient .}}i>;$l5:
(Ib VSS Syntheslzed)/(Ib BOD Removed)
MUb - Heterotrophic Growth Rate - 1/[(SRT)c,deslgn]
MUb _ 0.7454 (day ^ -1)
Qb _ [MUb + K(Nd)]/Yb - 1.224
lib BOD reml1b MLVSS*davl
HATn - (Inl BOD - Sol Ell BOD)/(MLVSS * Qb) -
0.113 da
pg 36-37
*H draullc Detention Time Mln lor Nltrlflcation
*Alkallnl Consum on
pg51
II <- 50 (mg/l) Alkalinity Is Left
OVer, Need Provision lor Chemical
Addllon
Consumed Alkallnly z Alk Constant *(Inl NH3-N - Ell NH3-n)*Flow*S.34
Consu mad Alkallnly - 157 (Ib Alk as CaC03/day)
Alkalinity Avallable - Influent Alk * Flow *S.34 .
147 (Ib/day) as CaC03
Alkalinity Left OVer - Alk Avallable - Alk Consumed -
-10 (Ib/day)
Alkalinity Residual Concentration - Alk Left OVar / (Flow *S.34)
Alkalln Left OVar . -14.2 m as CaC03
Clarifier Design Summary
Side Water Depth (SWD) =
Mixed Uquor Suspended Solids (MLSS) =
Volume M =
Area (A) =
Qadf=
HDT adf =
HLR adf =
WLR adf =
Peaking Factor
Qpdf=
16.0 (ft)
.........4060.. (mg/l)
/4320 (ft ^ 3)
(432;0 (ft ^ 2)
M~? (mgd)
0.3066 (days)
244 (gpd/ft ^ 2)
31 94 (g pd/lf)
2.50
0.264
0.1226
610
7985
32.6
32314
(Gal)
7.36
(hours)
2.94
(hours)
Design Calculations
.H draullc Detention Time
HOT (hours) - Volume (gal) 1 Flaw (gpd)
At Average Dally Flow (ADF)
HOT aelf -
0.307 (clays) 7.38 (hours)
At Peak Dally Flaw (pelf)
HOT pelf - 0.123
.H draullc Loadln Rate
HLR (gpd/fl^2) - Flow (gpd) 1 Area (ft^2)
At Average Dally Flow (ADF)
HLR aelf -
244 (gpdlft^2)
810
Sludge Return Rate -
a return -
a total - a pelf + a return -
150 ('lb)
0.1581
0.42 (mgd)
SLR - a total (mgd). MLSS (mg/I). 8.341 Area (ft^2)
Length of V - Notch Weir -
}AA~o (1ft)
WLR - Flow (gpd) 1 Uneal Feet of Weir (ft)
At Average Dally Flow (ADF)
WLR aelf -
3193.9 (gpd/lft)
At Peak Dally Flaw (pelf)
WLR eIf-
7984.8 d11
.Head on V- Notch Weir
Length of V - Notch Weir -
Number of Notches -
33.0 (1ft)
88
At Average Dally Flow (ADF)
Flow (cis) -
Flow Per Notch (cis/notch) -
Head on V-Notch (ft) = (Flow 12.49) ^ .4 .
0.183 (cis)
0.002 (cis/notch)
0.063 (ft) 0.75 (In
Ten State WPCF Manual of WEF Manual of WPCF Manual of
Standards Practice No.8 (1977 Practice No.8 (1992 Practice FD-8
1-4 (hours)
For
Primary
C1arWlers
pg 15
850 300 - 660 500
(gpd/ft ^ 2) (gpd/ft^2) (gpd/ft^2)
pg 60-2 800 avg at ADF;
pg 280
1000-1150
(gpd/ft^2)
at PDF
pg 584
50 50-80 20 30
(lb/day/ft^2) (lb/clay/ft^2) (lb/day/ft^2)
pg 60-2 pg 281 Preferred by
Designers
pg 588
Up to 50
reported
< 1 mgd; 10,000 10,000 20,000 >10,000-15000 9700-30000
>1 mgd; 15,000 (gpd,lft) (gpd,lft) (gpd,lft)
(gpd,lft) pg 281 May not pg30
pg 80-3 Impair
Performance
pg 598
Digester Design
Qadf=
Influent BOD Concentration
Effluent BOD Concentration =
Digester Volume (V) =
Sidewater Depth =
Digester Air Requirements =
Minimum Mixing Design =
Standard Mixing Requirements =
Actual Mixing Requirements =
Sludge Production =
Solids Capture in Secondary Clarifier =
WAS Solids Concentration =
Percentage of TSS as VSS =
VSS Reduction in Digester =
WAS Flow =
Sludge Age =
Solids loading =
Hydraulic Detention Time =
AOR/SOR =
Standard Air Requirement (Process) =
Actual Air Requirement (Process) =
Standard Process Air Available Per 1000 ft ^ 3
Controlling Air Requirement =
Controllina Air ReQuirement =
.w0~1~~~~
)'~(mg/l)
N@(ft^3) 10472 (GaQ
........))..1t..(ft)
).Mj(lb 02/1b VSS Destroyed)
<~(SC FM/l 000 ft ^ 3)
28 (SCFM)
...........30.(ACFM)
~(l~%~Udge/lb BOD Removed)
....::.:((7~f (%)
i}t<) (%)
......................~l!J.. (%)
601.92 (gpd)
20.6 (days)
0.019 (lb VSS/day/fl ^ 3)
17.4 (days)
0.555
20 (SCFM)
22 (ACFM)
14.5 (SCFM/loo0 ft ^ 3)
28 (SCFM)
30 CACFM)
Process Calculations
*Slud e Production
Assumption:
with
0.2 (lb sludge/lb BOD removed)
95 (% capture in secondary clarifier)
WAS Production = (lbs s1udge/lb BOD removed) * Flow*(% capture)*(lnf-Eff)BOD*8.34
WAS Production = 38 (lb slUdge/day)
Assumption: WAS Concentration = 0.75 (%)
WAS Flow (gpd) = WAS Production/8.34/WAS Concentration
WAS Flow 601.92
MaBB Into Digester =
Assumption: 38 (% VSS reduction)
70 (% TSS as VSS)
Mass Wasted From Digester =
Average Mass =
Average TSS in Digester =
38 (lb sludge/day)
28 (lb sludge/day)
33 (lb sludge/day)
6503 (mgll)
Sludge Age = Totallb SS in DigesterfTotal (lb/day) Wasted from Digester
Slud e A e= 20.6 da s
*Di ester Solids loadin
VSS in = % TSS as VSS * WAS Production =
*H draulic Detention Time
HOT = Volume/Flow =
Recommended: 10-15 da s : Metcalf & Edd ,
Digester Air Requirements
*Recommeded 02 Re uirements
26 (lb VSS/day)
1400 (ft ^ 3)
0.019 (lb VSS/day/fl^3)
: Metcalf and Eddy, pg 630
: Viesmann and Hammer, 609
17.4 (days)
630
EPA Sludge Process Design Manual, pg 6-88: Accounts for cell mass and nitrification
2.0 (lb 02/1b VSS destroyed)
Metcalf & Eddy, pg 630 Table 11-17 : Accounts for Oxidation of Ammonia
2.3 (lb 02/1b VSS destroyed)
Metcalf and Eddy: Cell Mass Only
1.6-1.9 b 02/1b VSS destro ed
Assumption:
VSS Destro ed =
*Determine Actual Ox
AOR = Ob 02/VSS destroyed) / Ob VSS destroyed/day)
AOR = 20
*Actualto Standard Conversion
: Metcalf & Eddy, pg 630
Theta
Alpha
Beta
Pf
P msl
DOt
T
C sat20
Surface Csat20
Surface CsatT
C satT
8.07
AOR/SOR =
Standard 0
0.555
36.1 Standard Ib 02/da
Actual Temperature =
Actual Pressure =
Assumed Percent Air by Weight =
Density ot Air at Standard Conditions =
Coarse Bubble 02 Transfer Efficiency (OTE) =
Recommended: Course bubble diffusers - 9 to 12 %
..................
...........::...:.:jb(fF
~Mi (psi)
:g~;? (%)
::::{i:ttit49 Ob/ft ^ 3)
:mr (%)
:W'i'CFMilnualof
Practice No. 8
Stadard Air Required = SOR/Density/PercentAir/OTE/1440
Standard Air Required = 20 (SCFM)
Standard Air Per Volume =
Recommended: 15 to 20 SCFM/1000 ft ^ 3
14.5 (SCFM/1000 ft ^ 3)
: WPCF Manual of Practice
No.8 (1977)
Actual Air Required = (SCFM)(14.7/P1)(t1/528)
T1 = Blower Inlet Temperature = 560 (R)
P1 = Blower Inlet Pressure =A!ft(psi)
Actual Air Re uired = 22 ACFM
*Mixin Re uirements
Minimum Mixing Design =
Recommended: 20 to 30 SCFM/1000 ft ^ 3
20 (SCFM/1000 ft ^ 3)
: WPCF Manual of Practice
No.8 (1977)
1400 (ft^3)
28 (SCFM)
Digester Volume =
Mixing Requirement =
Actual Air Required = (SCFM)(14.7/P1)(t1/528)
T1 = Blower Inlet Temperature =
P1 = Blower Inlet Pressure =
Actual Air Re uired =
t';~1: ~)
30 ACFM
o ~~~!!~!fI~.
CALCULATING CONVERSION
FROM ACTUAL TO STANDARD
CONDITIONS AORlSOR RATIO
The preceding section has discussed a rational
method to determine Actual Oxygen Require-
ments (AOR) and some of the factors affecting
AOR. AOR is a measure of the oxygen demand
of the wastewater at site conditions. Site condi-
tions such as altitude and temperature will be
different than standard conditions and correc-
tions have to be made for this. Altitude and tem-
perature affect the amount of oxygen that can be
dissolved or absorbed by waste. Most impor-
tantly, oxygen transfer in wastewater is different
than in clear tap water. Wastewater also con-
tains considerably more solids than tap water.
A generally accepted formula to convert AOR to
SORis:
AOR=SOR( ex) r[~ (-& )c..,] -DO fieIJet.",
[ CUI", Std. Condo J
The terms in the formula are:
AOR = Actual oxygen requirement
(field conditions)
SOR = Standard oxygen requirement (standard
conditions)
Standard conditions by definition are zero eleva-
tion (29.92 barometric pressure), 20oC, and
zero DO (dissolved oxygen in liquid).
Figure No.2
CI)
>-
<(
o
l-
n: 4
CI)
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
% NITRIFICATION EFFICIENCY
DIFFUSED AERATION
DESIGN GUIDE
Alpha = KL wastewater
KL. tap water
Beta = Saturation factor
Theta = Temperature correction factor
PI = Barometric pressure at jobsite
P MSt = Barometric pressure at mean sea level
DO field = Working dissolved oxygen concen-
tration in wastewater
T = Operating temperature of wastewater
C...,. = Surface DO saturation concentration at
200C and standard conditions for the
particular aeration equipment.
C n' = Surface DO saturation concentration at
T design temperature T and 14.7 PSIA for
the particular aeration equipment
COMMENTARY
Alpha - Alpha by definition is the ratio of the
mass transfer coefficient in wastewater to the
mass transfer coefficient in tap water. The alpha
correction factor in the formula is generally the
largest correction value. Unfortunately, the least
is known about alpha compared to the other
terms in the formula. Alpha is also the most elu-
sive factor in the formula and the most difficun
to accurately test. With the preceding in mind
the following generalizations and information
are presented. Factors that appear to affect
alpha are:
A. Type aeration device, i.e. coarse bubble or
fine bubble
B. Mixing regimen, i.e. plug flow or complete
mix
C. Location within aeration tank, influent end
vs. effluent end.
O. Type of waste
E. Submergence of aeration device
Water Pollution Control Corp. (WPCC) has con-
ducted many in-waste oxygen transfer determi-
nations on both coarse and fine systems in
municipal and industrial wastewaters using off-
gas methods. The results of the off-gas testing
can yield alpha of that particular waste at the
location tested. In complete mix tanks with fine
bubble aeration, alpha typically varies from
about 0.4 to a high of about 0.7. Most typically
alpha is in the range of 0.5 to 0.6 and these val-
ues can be used with a fair degree of certainly
for domestic wastewater in the absence of test-
ing.ln plug flow type tanks with fine bubble aer-
ation, alpha is generally lower at the inlet or influ-
ent and rises to the outlet or effluent end. Very
narrow and very long (or multiple pass) aeration
tanks seem to exhibit the greatest alpha gradi-
ent. Alpha values as low as 0.25 have been
measured at the inlet of tanks with a large aspect
ratio rising to approximately 0.9 at the outlet.
The designer is cautioned to be aware of a
potential alpha gradient in long narrow tanks.
In coarse bubble aeration tanks, alpha typically
varies from about 0.6 to a high of about 0.95.
Most typically, alpha is in the range of 0.7 to 0.8
and these values can be used with a fair degree
of certainty for domestic wastewater in the
absence of testing. Coarse bubble alpha values
o ~~l!~tc~!.
as low as 0.5 have been measured in a highly
loaded complete mix paper mill waste. Alpha
gradients can exist in coarse bubble aeration
tanks but may be less than with fine bubble aer-
ation due to the more turbulent mixing inherent
with coarse bubble aeration.
Beta - Beta is a saturation factor and is used to
correct for the dissolved solids in wastewater.
The solubility of oxygen in wastewater is
approximately 95 to 99 percent of that of pure
water. Beta is commonly accepted to be in the
range of 0.95 to 0.99.
Theta - Theta is the temperature (of the waste-
water) correction factor. Theta is commonly
accepted to be 1.024 with the exponent T-20
power. Values of the expression 6T.20 are listed
for temperatures of T = 1O"C to T = 3Q<'C. Note
that at 2O"C (68"F) the expression becomes 6 to
the zero power or 1.000. See Figure NO.3.
P, - This is the barometric pressure at the jOb site
in inches of mercury. See Figure NO.4.
P MSl - This is the barometric pressure at mean
sea level (standard conditions) and is 29.92
inches of mercury. The ratio P, over PMSt cor-
rects for the reduced solubility of oxygen in
water at higher altitudes.
DO field - This is the working dissolved oxygen
concentration in the wastewater desired to be
maintained. Typically designers will pick this
value to be 2.0 mg/l at average conditions and
often allow it to drop to 1.0 mg/l at peak condi-
tions. The working dissolved oxygen concentra-
don must be accounted for because it reduces
the "dliving force". The rate of oxygen transfer
is dependent on the oxygen deficit. For example,
if a particular device has the capability to satu-
rate water to 1 0 mg/l as measured at the surface
and 1 mg/l DO is maintained in the water, the
deficit or dliving force is 9 mg/l. If, on the other
hand. 4 mg/l DO is maintained in the water; the
driving force is only 6 mg/l.
T - T is the operating temperature of the waste-
water in .C. This correction must be made to
account for the reduced solubility of oxygen in
water at higher temperatures. Figure NO.5
shows the commonly accepted values for sur-
face oxygen solubility at sea level for tempera-
tures ranging from OOC to 30"C. Note that this is
not the C", value for the aeration device. Most
diffused aeration devices have the ability to sat-
urate the surface of the water and achieve
higher values than those listed in Figure NO.5.
Figure NO.6 shows the values of C", measured
for both fine bubble and coarse bubble SANI-
TAIRE@ diffusers at various submergences. See
the example problem at the bottom of Figure
NO.5. Given that the C",>! measured value for a
particular device at a given submergence is
1 0.0 mg/l. and the wastewater temperature is
30oC. find C", measured. First determine the
ratio or surface C", at sea level and 300C to
20oC. From Figure NO.5 this ratio is 7.6/9.2.
Muttiply this ratio times C", measured of 1 0.0
'1 this example to obtain 8.~ mg/l. This will be
";"''' measured for the particular device.
Rgure No. 3
Rgure NO.4
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION
FACTOR - THETA e
Temperature Correction Expression 6T.20 and 6
= 1.024
T
("C)
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Value of
6T'"
0.789
0.808
0.827
0.847
0.867
0.888
0.909
0.931
0.953
0.977
1.000
1.024
1.049
1.074
1.100
1.126
1.153
1.181
1.209
1.238
1.268
Rgure NO.5
T
(OF)
50.0
51.8
53.6
55.4
57.2
59.0
60.8
62.6
64.4
66.2
68.0
69.8
71.6
73.4
75.2
77.0
78.8
80.6
82.4
84.2
86.0
TEMPERATURE CORRECTION FOR CaI
T SURFACE
(OC) C.. @ SEA LEVEL
o 14.62
2 13.83
4 13.11
6 12.45
8 11.84
10 11.29
12 10.78
14 10.31
16 9.87
18 9.47
20 9.09
22 8.74
24 8.42
26 8.11
28 7~
30 7.56)
C = C x Surface C"',
SlIt "'10
Surface C",1O
Example: Given C..." = 1 0.0 mg/l, Temp
= 30"C
FindC",,,,
Solution: C",,,, = 1 0.0 (7.56) = 8.31 mg/I
(9.09)
AVERAGE ABSOLUTE ATMOSPHERIC
PRESSURE
Altitude (Feet)
-1000
500
o
+500
1.000
1.500
2.000
3,000
4,000
5,000
6,000
7,000
8,000
9.000
10,000
I I I
! I :1 " .~
FINE BUBBLE' -/ i I
i~T~y;J, I
I TI i B~BBLE ~-24'S I
--.. -....~ - -r~-~
I /! i I I
, " , L '
-;,,-;;"--.l.--L---J----- -I
i
,
,." 'I'" '1'" 'I'" 'I
10 15 20 25 30
Figure No.6
T2
-
~ 11
E
o
w
a:
:J
Ul
<
W
:::;; 10
o
~
<
Ul
()
9
Inches of Mercury
31.00
30.50
29.92
29.39
28.87
28.33
27.82
26.81
25.85
24.90
28.98
23.10
22.22
21.39
20.58
DIFFUSER SUBMERGENCE ( FEET)
o
SANITAIRE@>
WATER POLLUTION CCJl""..ITRQL CORP
DETERMINING AIR REQUIREMENTS
WPCC has a large aeration test tank facility and
has run thousands of individual oxygen transfer
tests to determine the performance of various
aeration devices in a variety of geometric con-
figurations and different water depths or sub-
mergences. This large data base was used to
prepare factory performance curves. The per-
formance curves are now stored in our com-
puter to give quick access for inquiries on oxy-
gen transfer. Due to the proprietary nature of the
information we do not make the performance
curves available to the general public We are
organized to respond very quickly to engineers'
requests for information.
Oftentimes engineers need quick ballpark esti-
mates of oxygen transfer efficiency and air
requirements to check the viability of a pro-
posed scheme or to approximate blower size
and estimate horsepower requirements. The fol-
lowing are some quick "Rules of Thumb".
1. The typical AORlSOR ratio for a COARSE
BUBBLE aeration system is 0.50.
2. The typical AORlSOR ratio for a FINE BUB-
BLE aeration system is 0.33.
3. The typical COARSE BUBBLE oxygen trans-
fer efficiency is 0.75% per foot of diffuser sub-
mergence, Le. 10 foot submergence equals
7.5% aTE in clear water.
4. The typical FINE BUBBLE oxygen transfer
efficiency is 2.0% per foot of diffuser submer-
gence' Le. 10 foot submergence equals 20%
aTE in clear water.
5. 1 SCFM of air weighs 0.075 pounds per
cubic foot and contains 23% oxygen by weight
Then 1 SCFM of air contains 0.0173 pounds of
oxygen.
EXAMPLE: Given an aeration tank with an AOR
loading of 1500 pounds oxygen per day, find the
air volume required for a coarse bubble aeration
system. Assume 15 foot deep tanks.
SOLUTION: 1500 pounds per day 0, AOR
divided by 0.5 equals 3000 pounds per day 0,
SOR.
3000 pounds per day a, SOR divided by 1440
minutes per day equals 2.08 pounds per minute
a, required. Locate diffusers 1 foot off tank floor
or submergence equals 14 feet.
14 feet submergence times 0.75% aTE equals
10.5% aTE.
From 5, 1 SCFM contains 0.0173 pounds of a,
and 10.5% is transferred to the waste, then
1 SCFM will transfer 0.0018 pounds of a, per
minute.
Divide the demand of 2.08 pounds 0, per min-
ute by 0.0018 pounds of 0, per minute trans-
ferred, equals 1156 SCFM required.
ESTIMATE BLOWER HORSEPOWER
REQUIRED AND ANNUAL ENERGY
COSTS
The best source of specific blower information
and horsepower requirements is of course the
blower manufacturer. The following is provided
as general information to enable the engineer or
designer to make quick estimates of power
requirements to check assumptions and com-
pare alternative aeration systems. The easiest
way to do this is to use the adiabatic compres-
sion formula and assume an overall mechanical
effiCiency for the blower, motor and coupling.
The adiabatic compression formula is:
BHP = SCFM(.23) [( 141~.; P r=-831.0 ]
MECHANICAL EFFICIENCY
Where: BHP (brakehorsepower)
adiabatic horsepower
mechanical efficiency
P = Blower discharge pressure in PSIG
A good estimate of the blower, motor and coup-
ling mechanical efficiency is 70% when the
blower is operating at mid-range. Efficiency will
increase somewhat when the blower is oper-
ated at its maximum output and will decrease
when operated closer to the surge point.
Figure No. 7 is a graph of blower horsepower
per 1000 SCFM at various discharge pressures
assuming 60%, 70% and 80% mechanical effi-
ciency. Rgure NO.8 is a schematic diagram of
an aeration system in a 15 foot deep tank with
the diffusers at 13 feet submergence. Note that
the static submergence of 13 feet (5.64 PSI) is
Figure No.8
DIFFUSED AERATION
DESIGN GUIDE
not the blower discharge pressure. In the exam-
ple, filter and inlet losses plus air main piping
losses plus friction losses in the aeration equip-
ment need to be summed to equal a total of 6.47
PSIG blower discharge pressure.
In the preceding example assume 1156 SCFM
is required at 6.47 PSIG, find the blower horse-
power required. Use Figure No. 7 and assume
70% efficiency, read 34.2 horsepower per 1000
SCFM. Multiply 34.2 by 1.16 thousands of
SCFM to obtain 39.67 horsepower.
Further, using Figure No. 9 and assuming an
energy cost of $0.05 per KWH yields $327.62
to run 1 horsepower for 1 year. Then multiply the
39.67 horsepower times $327.62 per year to
obtain an annual energy cost of $12,997 for the
blower in the example assuming continuous
operation.
Figure No. 7
., PO~ER REOUIR~D TO lD1AJ~'CAL~Y '-1-1
---'f-- COMPRESS '000 SCFI.l"-' ,- m
! I !
1 I !
!
! -r-----
__~_-L_l_ - L - 2C)- ~
BHP "( SCFI.l)( 22) ['.( 14.7,' P) ! .10]
. 14 7 1.:
I.lECH, EFFICIENCY.,
~o 6.0 7.0 10 9.0 100 110 120 13_0
BLOWER DISCHARGE PRESSURE - PSIG
0.18 + 0.36 + 0.29 + S.64 K 6.47 PSI
PLUS ALLOWANCE FOR DIFFUSER PLUGGING
INLET PIPING LOSSES 10' W.C. = 0.36 PSI
LOSSES
S"W.C.
= 0.18 PSI
[1
ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITY
..
MANUFACTURER'S
RESPONSIBILITY
PRESSURE @
~TOP OF DROPLEG ~
)~~ Vi ~
0.. W 0.. W
-~ ~- ::<
a 0 ro
. ~ ~
()
i=
-<
I-
en
~. ffii::::
.' ~n.. .
Ul -<w .:
~ ;: 0 .; ,
.~:. ..... ..:::~. '..: -:.:::'!':. ...... -.:::'!':. ..... ..:::~:.
u n:
~o== 8
o~o 00 W
April 6, 1993
Serial No. KF-IC29-009
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
5090 College road
Key West, Florida 33040
Attn:
Mr. Larry Keys
Subject:
Scope of Services
New Monroe County Detention Facility
SCOPE OF SERVICES BASED ON VALUE ENGINEERING APPROACH
WITH THE FOLLOWING ASSUMPTIONS:
Plant to be of phase expansion approach with 1st phase utilizing a
Class I ReI iabili ty plant wi th tertiary filters, at an ini tial
capacity of 105,000 gallons per day. Future Phase II shall have
provisions for golf course storage and plant size enlargement.
The new flow calculation is based on the engineering report from
Hartman & Associates.
This phasing approach is consistent with the new information on the
deletion of the on-site irrigation Module F and the fact that no
effluent land application study has been performed and no formal
agreement exists with the off-site golf course. A land application
study will need to be performed to determine the viability of
discharge to the neighboring golf course. Mr. Ron Wilson of R.H.
Wilson has provided a quotation for this study.
The following tankage and equipment suggested are to be furnished
in a phasing approach. Phase I is described within this proposal.
WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS
STATE CERTIFIED
FL: CBC028167
CUC03265
NC: G.C.28851
719 COMMERCE CIRCLE. LONGWOOD, FL 32750 . (407) 834.3239 . FAX (407) 830.7966
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
April 6, 1993
Page 2
PHASE I
1. Full plant Class I per regulations.
2. Plant surge capacity 35,000 gallons utilizing a
refurbished tank.
3. Aluminum bar screen.
4. An aluminum splitter box with two (2) future expansion
ports.
5. Dual aeration basin 50% redundant, 50,000 gallons
utilizing refurbished tanks.
6. Dual mechanical clarifiers 75% redundant with 216 Sq. Ft.
surface area utilizing refurbished tanks.
7. Dual cell tertiary filter with clear well, mudwell and
underdrain, utilizing refurbished tank.
8. Digester capacity of 10,500 gallons meeting new sludge
rules to eliminate the need for lime stabilization. tank
shall be refurbished.
9. All galvanized handrails and walkways.
10. PVC process piping.
11. Dual chlorine contact chambers 50% redundant.
12. Dual 450 access stairs.
13. Valve header for clarifier cross flow connection.
14. Epoxy paint system with coal tar on inside and bottom
surface in contact with ground.
15. Installation of tankage to be set at a bottom elevation
at or above 1.5 elevation, with earth berm as support.
16. Aluminum control panel NEMA 3R.
17. 100,000 gallon re-use storage tank (refurbished)
THE FOLLOWING IS THE NEW EQUIPMENT INCLUDED FOR PHASE I
1.
2 .
3.
4.
5 .
6.
Duplex main air blowers.
Simplex surge blower with air cross over piping.
Dual surge pumps.
Dual filter backwash pumps.
Dual filter mudwell pumps.
Dual mechanical sludge collector mechanisms
traveling air lifts.
with
WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS
STATE CERTIFIED
FL: CBC028167
CUC03265
NC: G.C.28851
719 COMMERCE CIRCLE. LONG WOOD, FL 32750 . (407) 834-3239 . FAX (407) 830-7966
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits
April 6, 1993
Page 3
7. Gas chlorination system with dual feeds, fiberglass
housing, scales, leak detector and 30 minute air pack gas
mask.
8. Moni toring equipment including chlorine residual,
turbidity, recorder and associated feed pumps.
9. Dual 125 GPM re-use pumps for grey water usage with 3000
gallon hydro tank.
10. Dual alum feed system with mixer, pump and 30 gallon
container.
11. Dual automatic valves for flow diversion when discharge
is out of compliance.
12. Ultrasonic flow meter with totalizer and recorder.
13. Dual traveling skimmer air lift pumps.
14. filter media for dual cells.
15. tie in line extensions to plant
OUR PRICE FOR PHASE I, including freight,
installation and applicable taxes .......... $ 468,400
OPTIONS:
1. Provide two (2) Class V discharge wells
and piping ............................
Grand Total
$ 11,200
$ 87,000
$ 2.800
$ 101,000
$ 11, 041
$ 580,441
2. Provide grinder, influent pump station
and force main piping as per plans ....
3. Monitoring wells as shown on plans.
(Note these may not be required due
to no on-site irrigation ...... ........
Options Subtotal
Total bond cost with all options included
ALLEN'S ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT, INC.
Ronald P. Allen, President
(wf~v-
jm/wp51/monroe/Kjic29.009
WATER AND WASTEWATER TREATMENT PLANTS
STATE CERTIFIED
FL: CBC028167
CUC03265
NC: G.C.28851
719 COMMERCE CIRCLE. LONGWOOD, FL 32750 . (407) 834-3239 . FAX (407) 830-7966
I
I
/
I
I
I
I
I
I
.
,.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
a- -'
.
SWORN STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 287.133(3)(a),
FLORIDA STATUTES, ON PUBLIC ENTITY CRIKES
tHIS FORM tuSt BE: SIGNED III tHE PilESUa: OF A NOtARY PUBLIC OR OtHER OffiCER Al1tHORIHD TO AOMllIlStER OATHS.
1.
this sworn stetement is subnitt~ to r-bnroe County, Board of County Ccmnissioners
(print name of the public entity)
for
Ronald P. Allen, President
(print individual's name end title)
Allen's Envirorunental Equi}Eent, Inc.
(print neme of entity subnitting sworn statement)
719 Oommerce Circle, Longwood, Fl. 32750
59-2209848
by
whose business address is
end (If epplicable) its Ftderel Employer Identificetlon Number (FEIN) Is
(If the entity has no fEIN, include the Sociel Security Number of the individual signing this sworn
stetement:
.)
2.
1 tnderstand that e "public ent ity crime" as def Ined In Peregreph 287 .133( 1 )(g), Hodde Stetutes,
means a vloletion of eny state or federal law by a person with respect to and directly related to
the trensection of business with any public entity or with an ag~y or political subdivision of any
other stete or of the United States, Including, but not li~ited to, any bid or contrect for goods or
services to be provided to eny public entity or an egency or political subdivision of eny other
state or of the United Stetes and Involving antitrust, fraud, theft, bribery, collusion,
recketeering, conspirecy, or material mlsrepresentetlon.
3.
I t.nderstand that "convicted" or "conviction" es defined in peragreph 287.133(1)(b), Horlde
Statutes, means a finding of guilt or a conviction of a public entity crime, with or without en
adjudication of guilt, in eny f~ral or state trlel court of record releting to cherges brought by
indictment or information efter July 1, 1989, as a result of a jury verdict, nonjury trial, or entry
of a plea of gui I ty or nolo contendere.
t.nderst~ thet an "affiliate" as defined In Paregraph 287.133(1)(1), Florida Statutes, means:
4.
1. A predecessor or successor of a person convicted of a public entity cri~: or
2. An entity tnder the control of any natural person who Is active In the ~negement of the
ent lty and who hes been convicted of a public ent!ty crime.
The tena "affiliate" includes those officers, directors, executives, partner., shlreholders,
employees, members, and agents who Ire Ictlve In the Interest In lnother person, or I pooling of
equlpnent or Income among persons when not for fair llIllrket value \rider In lna'. length agreement,
shill be a prima facie case thlt one person controls lnother person. A person who knowingly enters
Into I joint venture with a person who has been convicted of a public entity crl~ In Florida during
the preceding 36 months shill be considered an Iffillate.
S. I t.nderstand that a "person" as defined In Parlgraph 287.133(1)(e), Florida Stltutes, means any
natural person or entity organized under the laws of any state or of the United States with the
legal power to enter into I binding contract and which bids or applies to bid on contracts for the
provision of goods or services let by a public entity, or which otherwise trlnsacts or applies to
transact business with a public entity. The term "person" Includes those officers, directors,
executives, partners, shareholders, errployees, Illeflbers, and agents who are Ictlve In management of
an ent!ty.
6. Based on information and belief, the stltement which t have marked below Is true In relation to the
entity submitting this sworn statement. (Indicate which stltement Ipplles.)
~ Neither the entity submitting this sworn statement, nor any of its officers dIrectors
executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or a;ents who are active in'the '
management of the entity, nor any affiliate of the entity has been charg~ with and convicted of
a public entity crime subsequent to July 1, 1989.
...
.
fill
.~
_______ The entity submitting this s~orn statement, or one or rore of its officers, dlreetors,
executives, partners, shareholders, employees, ~rs. or agents who are active in the
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has ~ charged with and convicted of I
public entity crime subsequent to July'. 1989.
.
_______ The entity submitting this s~orn stat~t, or one or rore of its officers, directors,
executives, partners, shareholders, employees, members, or agents who are active in the
management of the entity, or an affiliate of the entity has ~ charged with and convicted of I
public entity crime subs~ent to July', 1989. However, there has been a subsequent proceeding
before a Hearing Officer of the State of Florida, Oivlslon of ~dminlstratlve Hearings and the
Final Order entered by the Hearing Officer determined that It was not In the public Interest to
place the entity submitting this sworn stat~nt on the convicted vendor list. (attach I copy
of the final order)
.
'.
I UNDERSTAND THAT THE SUBMISSION OF THIS FORM TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR THE PUBLIC ENTITY IDENTIFIED IN
PARAGRAPH 1 (ONE) ABOVE IS FOR THAT PUBLIC ENTITY ONLY AND, THAT THIS FORM IS VALID THROUGH DECEMBER 31 OF
THE CALENDAR YEAR IN UHICH IT IS FILED. I ALSO UNDERSTAND THAT I AM REOUIRED TO INFORM THE PUBLIC ENTITY
PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO A CONTRACT IN EXCESS OF THE THRESHOLD AMOUNT PROVIDED IN SECTION 287.017, FLORIDA
STATUTES FOR CATEGORY T~ OF ~NY CHANGE IN THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS FORM. -------
.
.
.
6l1ff~
(signature)
January 28, 1993
(date)
~ ...lI"
--
!.
.
STAlE OF
Florida
COUNTY OF
Seminole
PERSONAllY APPEARED BEFORE ~E, the undersigned authority,
Ronald P. Allen
(name of indiviMI signing)
after first being sworn by ~, affixed his/her signature in the space provided above on thl.
who,
28th
day of
January
, 19 93
.
.
My comnission upirFo':......
/~~ ~'" OFFICIAL S
1 ~ \ D. JEAN MORSE
: : My Commission Expires
\. .., ; Dec. 4. 1996
'~OFF\.~., Comm. No. CC 242516
........
.
.
Form PUR 7D68(Rev. 04/10/91)
.._~
1.
LOBBYING AND CONFLICT OF INTEREST CLAUSE
SWORN STATEMENT UNDER ORDINANCE NO. 010-1990
MONROE COUNTY, FLORIDA
ALLEN'S ENVIRONMENTAL EQUIPMENT, INC.
\.
\.
-.::
..
.
~.
. ,-
JIll
.
.
.
~
..
.
-.
-:.,.~..'. --
-~
...
l
( Ccxrpany)
" warrants that it has not employed, retained or otherwise had act on its behalf any former County
officer or employee subject to the prohibition of Section 2 of Ordinance No. 010-1990 or any County officer
or employee In violation of Section 3 of Ordinance No. 010-1990. For breach or violation of this provision
the County may, In its discretion, terminate this contract without liability and may also, in its
discretion, ~t from the contract or purchase price, or otherwise recover, the full amount of any fee,
comnission, percentllge, gift, or consideration paid to the former County officer or employee".
(Signature) Ronald P. Allen, Pres.
Dllte: January 28, 1993
cmP~
STATE OF
Florida
COON TY OF
Seminole
PERSONAllY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the l.rdersigned authority, Ronald P. Allen, Pres.
who,
Ilbove on this 28th
after first being sworn by me, affixed hiS/her signature (name of IndividUal Signing) in the space provided
day of
January
My comnission expires:
.,~~~... OFFiCIAL SEAL
..- t' .
I _ \ D. JEAN MORSE
~ : My Commission Expires
':.. .r. .: Dec. 4. 1996
.'.~'tOF nclS!." Comm. No. CC 242516
.........
'--,-~
...
--
..~
..
..
..
..
..
..
-~~
,"-"
.-
.-
--
l.
.-
...
:...
\.-~
I.
Non-Collusion ~ffi~avit
I, Ronald P. Allen of the city of Lon~, Florida
according to law on rrr'f oath, and under penalty of perjury, depose and say that:
President
1.)
I &Ill
of the firm of
Allen's Environmental atuiJ:ment, Inc.
the bidder making the Proposal for the project described In the notice for calling for bids
for: Waste Water Treatment Plant & utilities for the Monroe
County Detentic;m Facilitv, stock Island Key West, Florida
and that I executed the saId proposa WIth fulf authorIty to db so:
2.) the prices in this bid have been arrived at Independently without collusion, consultation,
communication or agreement for the purpose of restricting competition. IS to any matter
relating to such process with any other bidder or with Iny ~ompetltor:
3.) unless otherwise required by law. the prices which have been quoted In this bid have not
been knowingly disclosed by the bidder and will not knowingly be disclosed by the bidder
and will not be knowingly disclosed by the bidder prior to bid opening. directly or
Indire<tly, to any other bidder or to any competitor; and
4.) no att~t has been made or will be made by the bidder to irdxe any other person,
partnership or corporation to submit. or not to submit, I bid for the purpose of
restricting competition:
5.)
the stat~nts contained in this affidavit are true and corre<t, and made with full
knowledge that ~onroe County relies upon the truth of the statements contained In this
affidavit in awarding contracts for said project.
@l~:;-
January 28, 1993
(Date)
"
COONTY OF:
Florida
Seminole
STATE OF:
PERSONAllY APPEARED BEFORE ME, the u-dersigned authority, Ronald P. Allen who
after first being SW2rn ~ me, (name of Individual signing) affixed hls/~ signature In the space provided
abovA on this .l8th d f Januarv 19 93
~ ay 0 · -'
~ 6r.n- L1~
NOTARY PU1IlIC
My commission expires:
......
....~~~.. OFFICIAL SEAL
: ~ \ D. JEAN MORSE
: : My Commission Expires
· . D
'.~ : ec. 4,1996
....~OFflcJft... Comm. No. CC 242516
...."...
Addendum No. 1
January 20, 1993
Design Build Contract
Waste Water Treatment Plant & utilities
Upon receipt of this addendum, please execute the attached
"ADDENDUM ACKNOWLEDGEMENT" form and send by facsimile or mail to
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
The information contained in this addendum modifies, supplements
or replaces information contained in the previously issued Bid
Package and is hereby made a part of the contract documents.
Solicitation Documents -
Section 00030, Notice of Calling for Proposal - Replace with
the attached revised Section 00030.
General Conditions -
section 00802, Insurance and Bonds - Revise section 5.0 on
page 7 to read:
5.0 Public Construction Bond
c&ii.rlillllll~lg'I!:::~:::~'!!'jl"':::::::~!!li"!~:::::'I!iE:!~'!=~'!'n'o
'f'ti?hlsfi"""'a"""''t5hblic Construction Bond in the form provided by
the Owner in this section as a guarantee for the faithful
performance of the Contract (including guarantee and
maintenance provisions) and the payment of all obligations
arising thereunder. The Public Construction Bond shall be
in an amount at least equal to the contract price.
*****************************
END ADDENDUM NO. 1
01/20/93
Addendum No. 1
Supplemental Terms and Conditions
1. Paragraph 1.2.1 - Delete the word "duplicate" and insert the word "quadruplicate"
in its place.
2. Paragraph 1.3.1 - Delete in its entirety and insert the following in its place:
'The Owner reserves the right to utilize the design at other locations determined
by the Owner. If used in a location other than the site specifically designed for in
this agreement the DesignlBuilder's obligations and liabilities for the Contraet-Site-
will not carry to subsequent sites. All drawings, specifications and other
documents furnished by the DesignlBuilder shall be subject to Chapter 119,
Florida Statutes, the public records law, regardless of custody or ownership."
3. Paragraph 1.3.2 - Delete in its entirety.
4. Paragraph 2.2.2 - Delete the first sentence and insert: "Based on the
DesignlBuilder's Proposal, the DesignlBuilder shall submit six complete sets of
Construction Documents to the Construction Manager for review and approval by
the Owner."
5. Paragraph 2.2.3 - Delete in its entirety and insert: "The DesignlBuilder shall be
responsible for filing documents and obtaining necessary approvals and permits of
governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Project."
6. Paragraph 2.2.7 - Delete in its entirety and insert: "If requested in writing by the
Owner, the DesignlBuilder, after consultation with the Construction Manager,
within fifteen calendar days, shall render written decision interpreting the
requirements of the Contract Documents and initially shall decide claims, disputes
and other matters in question relating to performance thereunder by both Owner
and DesignlBuilder. Such interpretations and decisions shall be in writing, shall
not be presumed to be correct and shall be given such weight as the court shall
determine. When making such interpretations and initial decisions, the
DesignlBuilder shall endeavor to secure faithful performance by the Owner and
DesignlBuilder and shall not show partiality to any party."
7. Paragraph 2.2.14 - In the first sentence, after 'The DesignlBuilder," add "on a
daily basis."
8. Paragraph 2.2.14 - Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph:
"Should the DesignlBuild Contractor fail to keep the premises free from
accumulation of waste materials or rubbish, the Owner, after 24 hour notice, may
Contract KJ-029
Page 1 of 13
have the site cleaned by an independent party and deduct the cost of the clean-up
from the DesignlBuild Contractor's contract sum."
9. Paragraph 2.2.15 - Delete in its entirety and insert: "The Construction Manager
shall prepare Change Orders for the DesignlBuilder's and Owner's approval and
execution in accordance with Part 2 and the Design!Builder shall have authority,
subject to the Owner's approval, to make minor changes in the design and
construction consistent with the intent of Part 2 not involving an adjustment in the
contract sum or an extension of the contract time. The'Design/Builder shall
promptly inform the Owner, in writing, through the Construction Manager, of
minor changes in the design and constFUction. Should the DesignlBuilder fail to
notify the Owner and secure approval of changes in the design or construction
prior to modifications being made, the Owner shall retain the right to require the
design or construction to be returned to its state prior to the, modification at no
additional cost to the Owner."
10. Paragraph 2.2.16 - Delete in its entirety and insert: "The DesignlBuilder shall
notify the Owner, through the Construction Manager, when the Work or an
agreed upon portion thereof is substantially completed. The Construction
Manager shall prepare for the DesignlBuilder's and Owner's approval a Certificate
of Substantial Completion which shall establish the Date of Substantial
Completion, shall state the responsibility of each party for security, maintenance,
heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, shall include a list of items to
be completed or corrected and shall fix the time within which the Design/Builder
shall complete items listed therein. Disputes between the Owner and
DesignlBuilder regarding the Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be
resolved by the Circuit Court of the 16th Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida."
11. Paragraph 2.2.17 - Delete the last sentence and insert "The DesignlBuilder shall
prepare and submit to the Owner, through the Construction Manager, a set of
reproducible record drawings showing all changes in the Work made during
construction based on these record documents."
..
12. Add Paragraph 2.2.18 - ''The DesignlBuild Contractor shall furnish services by
land surveyors, geotechnical engineers, and other consultants for subsoil, air and
water conditions, above and beyond what is provided in Part 1 when such services
are deemed necessary by the DesignlBuild Contractor to carry out properly the
design services under Part 2."
13. Add Paragraph 2.2.19 - "The DesignlBuild Contractor shall furnish structural,
mechanical, chemical, geotechnical and other laboratory or on-site tests,
inspections and reports as required by law or the Contract Documents. These
services shall be provided by an independent firm specializing in the service
Contract KJ:029
Page 2 of 13
provided. Two copies of these certified test reports for these services shall be
submitted to the Owner within three (3) calendar days of the required test."
14. Add Paragraph 2.2.20 - "The Design/Builder shall maintain at the site a full-time
project representative authorized to act in the Design!Builder's behalf."
15. Add Paragraph 2.2.21 - "The Design/Builder shall submit to the Construction
Manager daily written reports of progress and manpower levels in the form and
content as determined by the Construction Manager."
16. Paragraph 2.2.22 - "The Design!Builder shall interface and coordinate the design
with the Owner's other Trade Contractors at the site and the local public utilities
to provide complete construction documents."
17. Paragraph 2.2.23 - "The Owner's review and approval of any documents prepared
by the Design!Builder or its consultants shall be solely for the purpose of
determining whether such documents are generally consistent with the Owner's
construction program and intent. No review of such documents shall relieve the
Design!Bui1der of its responsibility for the accuracy, adequacy, fitness, suitability
and coordination of its work product."
18. Add Paragraph 2.2.24 - "The representatives of the Design!Builder assigned to the
project shall be subject to the approval of the Owner and shall not be changed
without the approval of the Owner".
19. Add Paragraph 2.2.25 - "The Owner's decision shall be final on any claims,
disputes, or other matters, including those in question between the Owner and the
Design!Build Contractor, after consultation with the Construction Manager."
20. Add Paragraph 2.2.26 - "All written communications to and from the Owner shall
be forwarded through the Construction Manager, who is the Owner's on site
project representative."
21. Paragraph 3.1 - Delete in its entirety and insert: "The Owner's designated
representative authorized to act on the Owner's behalf with respect to the Project
is the Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, which meets to consider
agenda items scheduled two weeks in advance, approximately every three (3)
weeks. The Owner or such authorized representative shall render decisions in a
timely manner pertaining to documents submitted by the Design!Builder in order
to avoid unreasonable delay in the orderly and sequential progress of the
Design!Bui1der's services."
Contract KJ-029
Page 3 of 13
22. Paragraph 3.2 - Delete in its entirety and insert: "The Owner's on site project
representative to observe the Work and administer the Part 2 Agreement is the
Construction Manager. The Owner's on-site representative shall have the
authority to reject work that does not conform to the Owner approved contract
documents."
23. Paragraph 3.3 - Delete the following from the paragraph: "and shall pay the fees
for such permits, licenses and inspections if the cost of such fees is not identified
as being included in the DesignlBuild Contractor's Proposal"
24. Paragraph 3.4 - Delete in its entirety
25. Paragraph 3.5 - Delete in its entirety
26. Paragraph 3.6 - Delete in its entirety
27. Paragraph 3.7 - Add the following sentence to the end of the paragraph:
"The DesignJBuild Contractor shall promptly remedy any fault or defect in the
Work or nonconformity in the Design, Construction Documents or Work."
28. Paragraph 3.9 - Delete in its entirety.
29. Paragraph 3.10 - Delete in its entirety and insert: 'The Owner and the
Construction Manager shall communicate with contractors only through the
DesignJBuilder."
30. Paragraph 4.1 - Delete in its entirety and insert: 'The DesignlBuilder shall provide
services as expeditiously as is consistent with reasonable skill and care and the
orderly progress of design and construction to meet the dates established in the
Milestone Schedule of the DesignlBuild Bid Package for this Work."
31. Paragraph 4.5 - In the eighth line, delete "or by delay authorized by the Owner's
pending arbitration".
32. Paragraph 4.5 - In the tenth line, delete everything after "agree is justifiable" and
insert "the contract time shall be reasonably extended by a no cost Change Order
and in no event will the contractor be entitled to monetary damages due to such
delays."
33. Paragraph 5.1.1 - Delete in its entirety and insert: 'The DesignlBuilder shall
deliver to the Owner, through the Construction Manager, itemized Applications
for Payment in such detail as indicated in Article 14 and requested by the Owner
or Construction Manager."
Contract KJ-029
Page 4 of 13
34. Paragraph 5.1.2 - Delete "ten days" and insert "thirty days"
35. Paragraph 5.1.8 - Delete in its entirety and insert the following: "An amount equal
to ten percent of the Application for Payment shall be retained from the
Design/Build Contractor's invoice until such time as final payment is made by the
Owner."
36. Add Paragraph 5.1.9 - "The Owner or Construction Manager many decline to
approve an Application for Payment if, in their opinion, the application is not
adequately supported. If the Design/Builder and Owner or Construction Manager
cannot agree on a revised amount, the Owner shall process the Application for
the amount it deems appropriate. The Owner or Construction Manager may also
decline to approve any Applications for Payment or, because of subsequently
discovered evidence or subsequent inspections, they may nullify, in whole or part,
any approval previously made to such extent as may be necessary in their opinion
because of: (1) defective work not remedied; (2) third party claims filed or
reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims; (3) failure of the
Design/Builder to make payments properly to Subcontractors or Sub-
subcontractors, or for labor, materials, or equipment; (4) reasonable evidence
that the work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum'
(5) damage to the Construction Manager, the Owner, or another contractor
working at the project; (6) reasonable evidence that the work will not be
completed within the contract time; (7) persistent failure to carry out the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
37. Add Paragraph 5.1.10 - "No Application for Payment shall be processed for
payment until certificates of insurance or other evidence of compliance by the
Design/Builder, within Article 7, have been filed with the Owner and Construction
Manager. Further, no payments on the basis of work performed by the
Design/Builder shall be paid until copies of all bonds required by Paragraph 7.15
and any certificates of insurance required of the subcontractors under Article 7
have been filed with the Owner."
38. Paragraph 5.3.1 - Delete in its entirety.
39. Article 7 - Insurance & Bonds - Delete all paragraphs in Article 7 in their entirety
and insert the following:
"7.1 Following award, but prior to execution of the contract the DesignlBuilder
shall obtain, at his own expense, insurance as specified herein. The
Design/Builder will also ensure that all consultants and subcontractors in any tier
have obtained the same insurance as specified.
Contract KJ-029
Page 5 of 13
7.2 The Design/Builder will not be permitted to commence any phase of the work
governed by this contract until satisfactory evidence of the required insurance has
been furnished to the Owner. Delays in the commencement of work resulting
from the failure of the Design/Builder to provide satisfactory evidence of the
required insurance shall not extend deadlines specified in this contract and
penalties and failure to perform assessments shall be imposed as if the work
commenced on the specified date and time.
7.3 The Design/Builder, and all subcontractors shall maintain the required
insurance throughout the entire term of this contract and any extensions specified.
If any coverages are required to remain in force after final payment, a certificate
evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted along with the
application for final payment. Failure to comply with this provision may result in
the immediate suspension of all work until the required insurance has been
reinstated or replaced. Delays in the completion of work resulting from the
failure of the Design/Builder to maintain the required insurance shall not extend
deadlines specified in this contract and any penalties and failure to perform
assessments shall be imposed as if the work had not been suspended.
7.4 The acceptance and/or approval of the Design/Builders insurance shall not be
construed as relieving the Design/Builder from any liability or obligation assumed
under this contract or imposed by law.
7.5 Workmens' Compensation. The Design/Builder shall obtain Workers'
Compensation Insurance with limits sufficient to respond to the applicable state's
statutes. In addition, the Design/Builder shall obtain Employers/ Liability
Insurance with limits of not less than:
$ 500,000 Bodily Injury by Accident
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease, each employee
$1,000,000 Bodily Injury by Disease, policy limits
Coverage shall be provided by a company or companies authorized to transact
business in the State of Florida and the company or companies must maintain a
minimum rating of A-VI, as assigned by the A.M. Best Company.
If the Design/Builder has been approved by the Florida's Department of Labor, as
an authorized self-insurer, the County shall recognize and honor the
Design/Builder's status. The Design/Builder shall be required to submit a Letter
of Authorization issued by the Department of Labor and a Certificate of
Insurance, providing details on the DesignlBuilder's Excess Insurance Program.
Contract KJ-029
Page 6 of 13
If the Design/Builder participates in a self-insurance fund, a Certificate of
Insurance will be required. In addition, the Design/Builder will be required to
submit updated financial statements from the fund upon request by the County.
7.6 General Liability. The Design/Builder shall obtain General Liability
Insurance with the following minimum coverages:
a. Premises Operations
b. Products and Completed Operations
c. Blanket Contractual Liability
d. Personal Injury Liability
e. Expanded Definition of Property Damage
f. Medical Payments
The minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL)
$ 5,000 Medical Payments
If split limits are provided, the minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$ 500,000 per Person
$1,000,000 per Occurrence
$ 100,000 Property Damage
$ 10,000 Medical Payments
An Occurrence Form policy is preferred. If coverage is provided on a Claims
Made Policy, its provisions should include coverage for claims filed on or after the
effective date of this contract. In addition, the period for which claims may be
reported should extend for a minimum of twelve (12) months following the
acceptance of the Work by the County.
Recognizing that the work governed by this contract involves either underground
exposures, explosive activities, or the possibility of collapse of a structure, the
DesignlBuilder's General Liability Policy shall include coverage for the XCV
(explosion, collapse, and underground) exposures with limits of liability equal to
those of the General Liability Insurance policy.
7.7 Vehicle Liability. The Design/Builder shall obtain Vehicle Liability Insurance
with following minimum coverages:
a. Owned, Non-Owned, and Hired Vehicles
b. Medical Payments
Contract KJ-029
Page 7 of 13
The minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$1,000,000 Combined Single Limit (CSL)
$ 5,000 Medical Payments
If split limits are provided, the minimum limits acceptable shall be:
$ 500,000 per Person
$1,000,000 per Occurrence
$ 100,000 Property Damage
$ 10,000 Medical Payments
7.8 Throughout the term of the contract, the Owner shall purchase and maintain
property insurance on the completed value of the permanent facility only. The
completed value is defined as all material, labor, supplies, and equipment intended
to be incorporated in and to become a permanent part of the completed facility.
Such insurance shall include perils of fire, lightning, and extended perils. The
facility as defined for this paragraph includes structures as defined in the contract
drawings and specifications. Notwithstanding any provisions contained in this
paragraph, the Design/Builder shall be responsible for the first $10,000 on any loss
governed by this section. The Design/Builder understands that the Owner's
property insurance policy contains certain exclusions which are available upon
request from the Construction Manager.
7.9 Architects Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance. Recognizing that the
Work governed by this Agreement involves the furnishing of architectural services,
the Design/Builder shall purchase and maintain, throughout the life of the
contract, Architects Errors and Omissions Liability Insurance which will respond to
damages resulting from any claim arising out of the performance of professional
services or any error or omission of the Design/Builder arising out of the Work
governed by this contract.
The minimum limits of liability shall be:
$1,000,000 per occurrence
7.10 Public Construction Bond
The Owner shall require the Contractor to furnish a Public Construction Bond in
the form provided by the Owner in this section as a guarantee for the faithful
performance of the Contract (including guarantee and maintenance provisions)
and the payment of all obligations arising thereunder. The Public Construction
Bond shall be in an amount at least equal to the contract price.
Contract KJ -029
Page 8 of 13
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
MONROE COUNTY
In consideration of the premiums charged on the insurance policies sbown in this certificate, this certificate is issued to the certificate holder shown below. This
certificate does not amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed below except as shown below.
II.
AME Ii. ADDRESS OF INSURED: COMPANIES AFFORDING COVERAGES
Company 1..eue< A
Company 1..eue< B
NAME Ii. ADDRESS OF AGENCY: Company 1..eue< C
Company 1..eue< D
Company Letter E
This is to certify that th. insura~ poIiciea listed below b.... been iuued to the insured ODCI are enforted at this time. It is agreed that oone ol these policies will be cancelled or <:banged without providing 60 days
written notiee ol aueb cancellatioo ol ebange to the certifocale bolder, em::ept 30 days for Workon' Compensation.
CO LTR TYPE OF INSURANCE POUCY # EFFECTIVE DATE EXPIRATION DATE ALL UMITS IN THOUSANDS
General Uability Gen.ral Aggregat. S
o Comm.rcial GenenI Uability Producu-ComplOpo Aggregat. S
o Oaims Made o Occurrence
o Owner'. Ii. ContrllCtOn Protective Penonal Ii. Advertisiog Iojul)' S
o x. C U. Coveragea Eaeb Occurrence S
o Broad Form Property Damage Fire Damag. (any one fire) S
o Independent ContrllCtOn Medical Exponae S
o Blanket Conlt'llCttlal (any one penon)
Automobile Uability Bodily Injul)'
o Any Auto (Eaeb Penon) S
o All owned Autoo (Eaeb Accident) S
o Sebeduled Autoo Property Damage S
o Hired AutOl Bodily Injul)' and Property S
Damag. Combined
o Non-Owned Autoo
Elo:ess Uability
o Umbrella Form Bodily Injul)' and Property S
o Other than Umbrella Form Damag. Combined
OOaimsMade
o Occurrence
Wort...... Compensatioo and Wort.on' Compensatioo Statutoi)'
Employers' Uability
Employon' Uability S
Other S
Comments: Monroe County, Monroe County Board of County Commissionen and Morrison-Knudsen/GenitJ are named 8. additional insureds with respect to the General Liability, Vebicle Uability, Professional
Uability and Elo:ess Uability Policies.
Name and Address of the CertiflCBte Holder. Date Jaaued:
Monroe County
c/o Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits Authorized R.presentativ.:
5090 College Road Address:
Key West, Florida 33040
T.lepbooe:
PUBLIC CONSTRUCTION BOND
BY THIS BOND, We
and
as Surety, are bound to
herein called Owner, in the sum of $
for payment of which we bind ourselves, or heirs,
representatives, successors, and assigns, jointly
, as Principal
, a corporation,
personal
and severally.
THE CONDITION OF THIS BOND is that if Principal:
1. Performs the contract dated ,
19 , between Principal and Owner for construction of
, the contract
being made a part of this bond by reference, at the times and
in the manner prescribed in the contract; and
2. Promptly makes payment to all claimants, as defined in
section 255.05(1), Florida Statutes, supplying Principal with
labor, materials, or supplies, used directly or indirectly by
Principal in the prosecution of the work provided for in the
contract and;
3. Pays Owner all losses, damages, expenses, costs, and
attorney's fees, including appellate proceedings, that Owner
sustains because of a default by Principal under the
contract; and
4. Performs the guarantee of all work and materials furnished
under the contract for the time specified in the contract,
then this bond is void; otherwise it remains in full force.
Any changes in or under the contract documents and compliance
with any formalities connected with the contract or the changes
does not affect Surety's obligation under this bond.
DATE ON
, 19
(NAME OF PRINCIPAL)
BY
(AS ATTORNEY IN FACT)
(NAME OF SURETY)
40. Paragraph 8.1.1 - In the first line, delete "signed" and insert: "recommended by the
Construction Manager and approved"
41. Paragraph 8.1.3 - Delete in its entirety.
42. Paragraph 8.1.5 - In the tenth line, delete "a reasonable allowance" and insert "a
maximum percentage of 10%".
43. Paragraph 8.1.5 - Delete the following: "Pending final determination of cost to the
Owner, payments on account shall be made on the Application for Payment."
44. Paragraph 8.1.5 - Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "In no event shall
cost or overhead include home office overhead."
45. Paragraph 8.1.6 - Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "A quantity
variation for a major item, from the stated amounts in the Bid Documents, in excess
of 20% over or under these quantities shall constitute a substantial inequity. A
major item shall be any single bid item which constitutes 20% or more of the original
contract total bid amount. All other items shall be considered minor items and the
unit prices remain unrevised for the required quantities for the duration of the
contract. The sum of the quantity variations for both major and minor items which
equals a value of 30% or greater of the total contract amount shall also be
considered a substantial inequity."
46.' Add Paragraph 8.1.7 - ''The maximum percentage mark-up allowed in any Change
Order for overhead and profit shall be 10%. This percentage shall be applied to all
addition and deletion change orders."
47. Paragraph 8.2.1 - In the tenth and fourteenth lines, delete "twenty-one" and insert
"seven".
48, Paragraph 8.3.1 - Delete in its entirety and insert: ''The DesignlBuilder shall be
compensated for changes in the Work necessitated by the enactment or revision of
codes, laws or regulations subsequent to the submission of the Design/Builder's
Proposal under Part 1, but only if the DesignlBuilder promptly brings the enactments
or revisions to the attention of the Owner and the Construction Manager."
49. Paragraph 9.4 - In the third and seventh lines, delete "seven days" and insert "forty-
eight hours".
50. Paragraph 9.4 - Delete the following sentence from the paragraph:
"Such action by the Owner shall be subject to arbitration."
Contract KJ-029
Page 11 of 13
51. Paragraph 10 - Delete in its entirety and substitute "Article 10 - Disputes and Claims
10.1 Claims, disputes and other matters in question between the parties to this Part
2 arising out of or relating to Part 2 shall be decided in the Circuit Court of the 16th
Judicial Circuit of the State of Florida.
10.2 The Design/Build Contractor shall carry on the Work and maintain its progress
during any claim or dispute resolution proceeding and the Owner shall continue to
make payments to the Design/Build Contractor in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
10.3 This Article 10 shall survive completion or termination of Part 2."
52. Delete Paragraph 11.7 in its entirety and insert "Indemnification and Hold Harmless"
and the following subparagraphs:
"11.7.1 The Design/Builder covenants and agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
Monroe County, Monroe County Board of County Commissioners, and Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits from any and all claims for bodily injury (including death), personal
injury, and property damage (including property owned by Monroe County and
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits) and any other losses, damages, and expenses (including
attorney's fees) which arise out of, in connection with, or by reason of services
provided by the Design/Builder or any of its consultants or subcontractors in any tier,
occasioned by the negligence or other wrongful act or omission of the Design/Builder
or its consultants or subcontractors in any tier, their employees, or agents.
The first ten dollars ($10.00) of remuneration paid to the Design/Builder is for the
indemnification provided for the above.
The extent of liability is in no way limited to, reduced, or lessened by the insurance
requirements contained elsewhere within this agreement.
11. 7.2 Should any claims be asserted against the Owner by virtue of any design
deficiency or increase in construction cost result due to any defect or deficiency in
the plans or specifications provided by the Design/Builder, the Design/Builder agrees
and warrants that he shall hold the Owner harmless and shall indemnify him from all
losses occurring thereby and further shall defend any claim or action on the Owner's
behalf."
53. Paragraph 12.1.1 - In the second line, delete "fourteen" and insert "seven".
Contract KJ-029
Page 12 of 13
54. Paragraph 12.1.1 - Add the following to the end of the paragraph: "In no event shall
the Design/Build Contractor's loss, damage, reasonable profit or overhead include
home office overhead."
55. Paragraph 12.1.2 - In the sixth and eighth lines, delete "seven days" and insert "forty-
eight hoursll.
56. Paragraph 12.2 - Delete in its entirety
57. Article 13 - delete all paragraphs and insert: "The Owner shall compensate the
Design/Builder in accordance with Article 5, Payments, and the other provisions of
this Part 2 as described below.
13.1 Compensation
13.1.1 For Basic Services, as described in Paragraph 2.2, Basic Services, and for
any other services included in Article 14 as part of Basic Services, Basic
Compensation shall be as follows:
Lump Sum Amount $580,441.00
58. Paragraph 14.1 - delete in its entirety and insert: "The Basic Services to be
performed shall be commenced upon Notice to Proceed and, subject to authorized
adjustments and to delays not caused by the Design/Builder, Substantial Completion
shall be achieved in one hundred twenty-seven (127) calendar days. The Basic
Services shall be perfomed to meet the completion dates established in the following
Milestone Schedule:
Phase II Notice to Proceed
Phase II Final Design Complete
Complete Grinder, Lift Station, Wiring,
Controls and Piping to WWTP
Phase II Construction Substantially Complete
Plant Start-up Complete
04/15/93
04/23/93
06/01/93
08/20/93
09/03/93
59. Paragraph 14.2 - delete in its entirety
Contract 10-029
Page 13 of 13
SECTION 00970
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH PLAN
1.1
REGULATIONS AND POLICIES
1.1.1
Every Contractor and Subcontractor employed on the
Project shall comply with all applicable local, State,
and Federal safety and health regulations and with
Morrison-Knudsen Company, Inc. safety and health
policies as described herein.
1.2
PROJECT SAFETY AND HEALTH REQUIREMENTS
1.2.1
It is recognized that it is good business and evidence
of competent leadership to prevent the occurrence of
incidents that lead to occupational injuries or
illnesses. Safety and health requirements on this
project include, but are not limited to, the following:
.1 In general, this accident prevention policy is
based on a sincere desire to eliminate personal
injuries, occupational illnesses, and equipment
and property damage; and to protect the general
public exposed to or associated with the work.
.2 The importance of the safety of all workers on the
project shall be recognized and accident
prevention shall be an integral part of all
operations.
.3 Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall conduct
work in a safe and practical manner in conformance
with the OSHA Safety and Health Regulations and
the latest edition of the Manual of Accident
Prevention, Associated General Contractors of
America.
.4 Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall observe
all applicable Federal, State, local and project
laws and regulations pertaining to safety and
health, pollution control, water supply, fire
protection, sanitation facilities, waste disposal
and other related items.
.5 The Mandatory Safety and Health Rules shall be
posted in a conspicuous location along with the
OSHA and Emergency Phone Number posters.
03/30/93
PROJECT SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 1
.6 A record of all occupational injuries and
illnesses shall be maintained. Medical and lost
time cases shall be properly recorded on the OSHA
log, and reported to MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS. A
copy of the insurance report for workmen
compensation cases shall be provided to MORRISON-
KNUDSEN/GERRITS.
.7 Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall provide or
arrange for adequate first aid facilities,
emergency transportation and persons qualified in
first aid.
.8 Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall cooperate
fully with all other contractors in their
respective safety and health programs.
.9 Good housekeeping shall be observed at all times.
Waste, debris, and garbage shall be removed daily
or placed in appropriate waste containers. All
materials, tools, and equipment shall be stored in
a safe and orderly fashion. Each contractor shall
donate 10% of their staff to a crew that will
convene every Friday at 1:00 pm for a joint site
clean-up effort not to exceed a duration of three
hours.
In summary, there will be a 3-part clean-up plan.
The first part consists of the contractor cleaning
up on a daily basis, his workstations, and his
trade work. The second part consists of the
general clean-up, the concerted effort by all
trade contractors working on the project. A
minimum of (1) crew is to be utilized by each
contractor, or 10%, whichever is more. The third
part consists of the Owner cleaning up for a
particular trade contractor should adequate notice
not compel him to clean up his work. In this
case, the appropriate contractors will be
backcharged.
.10 This project shall be a Hard Hat job and all
supervisors, employees and visitors shall be
required to wear a suitable hard hat while on the
project site.
.11 Other appropriate personal protective equipment
shall be provided and worn as required including
but not limited to long pants, shirts with sleeves
and appropriate leather work boots.
03/30/93
PROJECT SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 2
.12 Temporary construction aids such as ladders,
scaffolds, stairs, railings, etc. shall be
provided to facilitate access or working
conditions in a manner that shall conform to the
safety standards specified by Federal, state,
Local or manufacturer's recommendations or
stipulations.
.13 Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall be
expected to indoctrinate his employees as to the
safety and health requirements of this project and
to enforce adherence to safe work procedures.
.14 If MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS notifies any
Contractor of any noncompliance with the
provisions of this program, the Contractor shall
make all reasonable efforts to immediately correct
the unsafe conditions or acts. satisfactory
corrective action shall be taken within the
specified time. If the Contractor or
Subcontractor refuses to correct unsafe or
unhealthy conditions or acts, MORRISON-
KNUDSEN/GERRITS shall take one or more of the
following steps:
a. Cease the operation or a portion thereof.
b. stop payment for the work being performed.
c. Correct the situation using other forces and
back charge the Contractor expenses incurred.
d. Increase withholding in proportional
increments for that given pay period.
.15 All Contractor's Superintendents shall be required
to attend and participate in all general project
safety meetings. These meetings will be included
in the weekly coordination meetings as previously
specified or on an as needed basis.
.16 All Contractors shall conduct Weekly Tool Box
Safety Training Meetings, and shall document the
minutes on the forms provided. These forms are to
be transmitted to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on a
weekly basis. All employees working at the
project site shall be required to attend and
participate in the meetings.
03/30/93
PROJECT SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 3
1.3
1.3.1
1.4
1.4.1
.17 Shortly after the award of the contract and prior
to the beginning of work, an Activity Hazard
Analysis (phase plan) shall be prepared by the
contractor and submitted to Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits for approval. The analysis will
address the hazards for each activity to be
performed in that phase and will present the
procedures and safeguards necessary to eliminate
the hazards or reduce the risk to an acceptable
level. A phase is defined as an operation
involving a type of work presenting hazards not
experienced in previous operations or where a new
subcontractor or work crew is to perform work.
The analysis will be discussed by the contractor
and Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits on-site
representatives at the Preparatory Inspection
Meeting. Work will not proceed on that phase
until the Activity Hazard Analysis (phase plan)
has been accepted by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
.18 No personal radios or stereos will be allowed on
the jOb-site.
FIRE PROTECTION
Every Contractor and Subcontractor employed on the
Project shall exercise good construction practices to
prevent fire. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor to insure that general fire protection
facilities are adequate for his work and to provide
additional fire protection facilities and devices,
including fire extinguishers as required by their scope
of work.
WORK NEAR ENERGIZED ELECTRICAL LINES OR OTHER UTILITIES
It shall be the Contractor's sole and exclusive
responsibility (a) to provide personnel capable of
working adjacent to energized electrical lines or other
utilities; (b) to provide adequate, safe and properly
maintained equipment; (c) to conduct all of his work in
accordance with the safety rules and regulations
prescribed by the National Electric Code, National
Electric Safety Code, H30, and Safety Rules for
Installation and Maintenance of Electrical Supply and
Communication Lines Hand Book 81, Occupational Safety
and Health Act of 1970, as well as other safety codes
in effect at the site of construction and as specified
elsewhere herein, or as are generally applicable to the
type of work being performed; and (d) to continuously
supervise and inspect the work being performed to
03/30/93
PROJECT SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN
00970 - 4
1.5
1.5.1
1.5.2
1.5.3
"""""'_.--"',-. "'~-""''''''''~-~'.-''-.- -'~.. "-"'~-~'." -. .-
assure that the requirements of (a), (b), and (c) above
are complied with and nothing in these Contract
Documents shall be held to mean that any such
responsibility is the obligation of the Owner or the
Architect or the Construction Manager.
BARRICADES, WARNING DEVICES AND LIGHTING
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for
providing temporary ladders, guard rails, warning
signs, barricades, night guard lights, and deck or
floor closures required in connection with his work to
comply with Federal, State and local safety
requirements. The Contractor shall be solely and
exclusively responsible for the design, construction,
inspection and maintenance of such facilities at all
times.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to
provide additional temporary lighting, if needed to
maintain safe conditions.
It shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of
the Contractor to provide a safe place to work for all
laborers and mechanics and other persons employed on or
in connection with the project, and nothing in these
Contract Documents shall be construed to give any of
such responsibility to the Owner, the Architect, or the
Construction Manager.
*****************************
END OF SECTION 00970
03/30/93
00970 - 5
PROJECT SAFETY & HEALTH PLAN
SECTION 00980
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.1
1.1.1
1.2
1.2.1
1.2.2
1.2.3
1.2.4
MORRISON-KNUDSEN/GERRITS' DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent will
monitor all work performed by the Contractor and assist
the Contractor with his conformance of the work to the
Contract Drawings and Specifications.
CONTRACTOR'S DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
The Contractor is responsible for the quality of the
work performed by his work force on this project as
well as the quality of the material, equipment and
supplies furnished by him to be incorporated into the
work.
The Contractor will designate a Quality Control
Representative who will be on site at all times while
the respective Contractor's work is in progress and
will have the authority and responsibility to accept or
reject items of work. The Contractor's Quality Control
Representative may delegate his duties but the primary
responsibility and authority will rest on him.
The Contractor's Quality Control Representative will
coordinate the submittal of all shop drawings, product
data and samples to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits. Any
submittal that is a variance to the contract
requirements must be identified as such and transmitted
to the Construction Manager for submittal and approval
by the Architect/Engineer or Owner. No work requiring
submittal of a shop drawing, product data or sample
shall commence until the submittal has been reviewed
and approved by the Architect/Engineer.
The Contractor will bear the responsibility of
notifying the designated material-testing laboratory,
whether Monroe County or Contractor is required to
perform testing of materials as required by the
contract drawings and specifications in a timely
fashion to prevent needless cancellations and delays of
work activities. Any costs caused by untimely
notification shall be borne by the Contractor.
03/30/93
00980 - 1
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.2.5
1.2.6
1.3
1.3.1
The Contractor's Quality Control Representative will
review his drawings, procurement documents and
contracts to insure that the technical information
provided and all work performed is in accordance with
the latest revisions of the Contract Drawings and
Specifications.
The Contractor's Quality Control Representative will
perform an inspection upon receipt at the site of the
work of all materials, equipment and supplies including
those furnished to him by the Owner. Notes from this
inspection will be filled out on the appropriate form
and included with the Contractor Daily Quality Control
Report. Items which are damaged or not in conformance
with the respective submittals, quality standards,
contract drawings and specifications shall be brought
to the attention of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits'
representative on site and then will be identified and
segregated from accepted items. Items thus identified
will not be incorporated into the work until corrective
action acceptable to Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits is
completed. Items determined unsalvageable will be
removed from the job site. These items shall be noted
as deficient in the applicable section of the
Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
INSPECTION AND TESTING
INSPECTION PLAN
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits utilizes a multi-point
inspection plan for each separate feature of work to be
performed under this Contract, i.e., work described by
each division of the technical provision section of the
contract specifications. This plan consists of the
following:
.1 Preparatory Inspection - Prior to commencing the
work, the Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' superintendent and the
Architect's representative if he so desires to
attend and check the following items at a minimum
for conformance:
(a) Approval of shop drawings and submittals.
(b) Approval of inspection and test reports of
materials and equipment to be utilized.
(c) Completion of previous operations of
preliminary work.
03/30/93
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980 - 2
Note:
Note:
(d) Availability of materials and equipment
required.
(e) Potential utility outages.
(f) Any other preparatory steps dependent upon
the particular operation.
(g) Quality standards.
(h) Safety or environmental precautions to be
observed. (Phase Hazard)
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes
to this inspection meeting and distribute
accordingly.
. 2
Initial inspection - Upon completion of a
representative sample of a given feature of the
work, the Contractor's Quality Control
Representative will meet with the Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits Superintendent and the Architect's
representative if he so desires to attend and
check the following items at a minimum for
conformance:
(a) Workmanship to established quality standards.
(b) Configuration to contract drawings and
specifications.
(c) Construction methods, equipment and tools
utilized.
(d) Materials and articles utilized.
(e) Adequacy of testing methods.
(f) Adequacy of shop drawings.
(g) Adequacy of safety or environmental
precautions.
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits will record the minutes
to this inspection meeting and distribute
accordingly.
. 3
Follow-up Inspections - The Contractor's Quality
Control Representative will inspect the work daily
to assure the continuing conformance of the work
to the workmanship standards established during
the preparatory and initial inspections.
Additionally, as a part of the follow-up
inspection, sign-off sheets will be utilized as
often as possible. The intent of these sheets is
to achieve concurrence from other trade
contractors and responsible parties that ensuing
work can indeed commence over underlying work.
This will prevent oversights and omissions which
03/30/93
00980 - 3
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
Note:
Note:
1.3.1.5
1.3.1.6
could elevate costs. sign-off sheets shall be
used for, but not be limited to, concrete,
drywall, ceilings, painting, roofing substrates
and flooring. These reports are to be generated
by the Contractor and submitted to Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent for approval prior
to the start-up of work.
Failure to generate a sign-off sheet or to attain
proper signatures prior to covering up underlying
work may affect payment for that piece of work if
ensuing problems are detected or not. This
disciplinary action shall be carried out via the
Nonconformance Report. (See section 1.4.2 of this
plan.)
The Contractor shall be responsible to record
these inspections and all other project related
activities encountered throughout the day on the
Contractor Daily Quality Control Report.
.4
Completion Inspections - Upon completion of a
given feature of the work, the Contractor's
Quality Control Representative will meet with
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent, if he so
desires to attend, to perform an inspection of the
completed work. Non-conforming items will be
identified and corrected prior to commencement of
the next operation.
The Contractor shall conduct and report
corrections of this inspection which shall be a
required submittal.
Follow-On Inspections - Upon execution of the
contractor's completion inspection in elements of the
work which result in concealment; such as, ceiling and
drywall installations, the Contractor shall schedule
and conduct multi-trade or singular inspections prior
to covering installation.
Note:
MK/G will record the minutes to this
inspection meeting.
Pre-Final Inspection - Upon substantial completion of
the project work MK/G shall coordinate and conduct a
universal inspection of all areas and elements of the
work. The Architect/Engineer may be represented if he
so desires. This inspection shall be completed at
least (15) days prior to the final substantial
completion inspection which shall be conducted by the
03/30/93
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980 - 4
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.4
1.4.1
A/E. All deficiencies and incomplete work should be
completed prior to the final substantial completion
inspection.
OPERATION AND CHECK OUT TESTING
The Contractor will provide personnel and equipment to
perform the operational tests and check-out of the
equipment, facilities or equipment constructed,
fabricated or installed under this Contract. Morrison-
Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will coordinate and
witness all such tests. Notification should be given
at least ten (10) days in advance of the scheduled
tests.
FINAL INSPECTION and issuance of the A/E CERTIFICATE OF
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' Superintendent will
coordinate and attend all final inspections of the work
by the Architect/Engineer. Prior to requesting a final
inspection, all tests for the equipment and systems
must be completed.
Upon completion of the A/E's inspection, the A/E will
publish outstanding items and issue a Project
Certificate of Substantial Completion, which will
define the date of 'Turn-Over' to the Owner the care,
control and custody. Reference section 00800,
Substantial Completion.
REPORTING
Maintaining accurate and retrievable records is
extremely important in the Quality Assurance Program.
These records will act as a main source of information
in the present and in the future for the entire project
management team. The main report that will be utilized
to provide this information is the Daily Quality
Control Report. Nonconformance Reports may also be
issued.
DAILY QUALITY CONTROL REPORT
The Daily Quality Control Report shall be used to
document the summary of daily inspection activities
performed by the Contractor's designated Quality
Control Representative. It shall include any of the
steps of inspection that are performed that day, all
test monitoring and any rework of nonconforming items.
The daily Quality Control Report section of the Daily
03/30/93
00980 - 5
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
1.4.2
1.5
1.6
1.6.1
Superintendent's Report will be routinely used for
daily reporting requirements. When the magnitude or
complexity necessitates such, a more separate and
comprehensive form will be used. Reference
Contractor's Daily Report, and as needed Contractor
Daily Quality Control Report, section 01385.
NONCONFORMANCE REPORT
Nonconformance Reports will be issued for work that is
found to be in nonconformance with the contract
documents or the referenced quality standards. The
report will be issued by Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits.
It is not the intent to routinely and repeatedly issue
nonconformance reports, but to issue them only after
normal enforcement standards have been exhausted, or if
the work performed is a detriment to the project.
A copy of the Nonconformance Report will be forwarded
to the Project Manager for his information and/or
action. It should also be included in the Contractor's
Daily Quality Report package for general review.
Nonconformance Reports will be signed off once the
deficient item or items have adequately been corrected.
This will be done by the issuing Superintendent and
Project Manager. These sign-offs will be included with
a corresponding corrective action taken. significant
nonconformances need to be addressed to prevent
recurrence. The signed-off report will also be
submitted for review.
Work activities affected by a Nonconformance Report
will proportionally counter-affect payments. Whether
that be partial or full retainage will be left up to
the discretion of Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits' management
team.
NOT USED
AUDITS
Morrison-Knudsen/Gerrits may choose at its option to
perform Contractor audits of their Contractor Quality
Control Plan at any time. Reports of these audit
results will be forwarded to the Project Manager for
his action. Any action items noted during an audit for
the Contractor will be followed up and documented to
insure compliance and avoid recurrence.
03/30/93
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
00980 - 6
1.7
,I.. ............: _..' r
SUMMARY
The intention of this plan is to create a system of
checks and balances that will minimize delays caused by
rework and a lack of planning and maximize production
and insure that the finished product is one that the
entire construction team can pride themselves in.
These goals can be achieved by giving the Owner exactly
what he has bought. The Owner will expect no more and
through Quality Assurance, the construction team will
provide no less.
*****************************
END OF SECTION 00980
03/30/93
00980 - 7
CONTRACTOR QUALITY CONTROL PLAN
SECTION 01027
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
1. SUMMARY
This section provides procedures for preparation and
submittal of Applications for Payment.
2. FORMAT
The Application and certificate for Payment including the
continuation Sheet is the required format for submitting
invoices. A copy of these forms are included in this
section. The Owner reserves the right to modify the format
to better suit his internal accounting system.
3. PREPARATION OF APPLICATIONS
The contractor is required to comply with the following
procedure:
1. Progress payment period ending date is the 25th
day of each month.
2. Fifteen (15) calendar days prior to the 25th
(i.e., 10th of the month), work item updates are
to be submitted by the Contractor to the CM for
work through the period ending date (25th).
3. The Work Item Update listing (blank) will be
distributed to the Contractor for completion prior
to the 10th day of the month.
4. From the 10th to the 16th day of the month, the CM
will review the copies of the work item update
with the field staff and/or the Contractor.
5. From the 17th to the 20th day of the month, the CM
will meet at the jobsite with the A/E to review
the recommended work item update listings for A/E
approval.
6. From the 21st to the 24th day of the month, the eM
will provide the Contractor the reviewed and
approved work item update and an application for
03/30/93
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 1
payment.
7. The contractor will execute certification by
notarized signature of authorized officer.
8. The Contractor will attach to the Application for
Payment, a completed and properly executed
Affidavit and Partial Release of Lien form also
contained in this section.
9. On or about the 25th day of each month, the A/E
will certify the applications for payment at the
monthly jobsite project coordination meeting and
the CM will submit them to the Owner for
processing or provide notification as stipulated
in the General Conditions for withholding.
4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. The initial Application for Payment will not be
processed until the Contractor's construction schedule,
the schedule of values, and the initial submittal
schedule have been received, reviewed and approved by
the Owner's Representative.
B. Submit an updated construction and submittal schedule
with each Application for Payment.
C. Payment Period: Submit once per month. Payment will be
made by the Owner within a reasonable time thereafter.
5. SUBSTANTIATING DATA
A. When the Owner's Representative requires substantiating
information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in
question.
B. Provide one copy of data with cover letter for each
copy of submittal. Indicate Application number and
date, and line item by number and description.
03/30/93
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
01027 - 2
>-
i
...
z
...
lE
>-
C
...
!
...
!
...
<5
...J
...
...
C
03/30/93
o
o
z
z
o
...
c
u
...J
CL
CL
C
>-
~
U
8
l5
lE
o
...
o
...
8
IX
W
...
~
IX
...
.....
.....
w
...
c
<:>
...
u
C
IX
~
...
...
IX
:)
<>
w
g
'"
CL
W
...J
CL
~
)(
w
...
u
...
...,
o
'"
CL
.....
u'"
co
IX ...
~
u
11
L
..
...
<>
...
...,
~
'>
..
L
...
<:>
...
....
...
c:
..
L
L
:0
U
00
~~
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
'2
,~i
c:
L ..
.. '"
w..
c:
v."'-
'"' ..
0...
L .,
"''''
o
o
o
0-
~
C
...
u
c
'"
...
!
u
...J
C
Z
;:;
!
8
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
..
~
c:
L
..
W
...
.,
z
o
<:>
o
'"
IX
...
<>
l!i
...
Cl
Z
C
:z:
U
>-
III
W
Cl
Z
C
:z:
U
...
w
z
o
<:>
<:>
w
...
c
<:>
o
...
~
...
u
c
'"
~
u
8
<:>
...
:)
<:>
...
z
w
lE
>-
C
CL
...
Z
W
IX
'"
:)
u
...
o
>-
~
u
!
...
o
>-
~
..
L
...
~
..
L
o
]
o
...
c:
i
co
"E
c
]
L
U
~
'"
U
~
...
>-
L
..
...
o
z
..
..
L
'0.
>C
..
S
..
..
'i
u
>-
a
c;
...
c
<>
;:.
III
I
..
~
...
8
L
...
..
L
~
...
:0
:'2
. ...
'L
. .,
. U
:5
: ~
:.,
.~
. ...
: S
: ~
'2~
Q.
... >C
.- 1.1 """
... L
L c: 0
.,.....
u
...-n'2
5 ...-
a~i
c~c
...
z
...
lE
>-
C
...
'2'
... L
...co
"U'"
~.8~ :;:
~ ..._::;
..~..S
~ c u
... 0
... '2 ..
'B~ut-E
c .. ..
ut;~~
SL&'C
'_1 L .
... Q. ..
~ .. "'1
L C
....~
~~t~
00<:>
~""3....
.- fI) " U
In "'..I: ill
1._.... ...
S~ . 6
ct'tu
0&1._
U - ..
'2....8~
..~ '2
.3..."E~.-
.- . ,-....
..,I: ~.-
~~S.r
~c'z~t;
~~I~...
~... ~ ~ ~
Q ...... u
... s,~ ~ c
u.-
CD..., .. ell
L CI .,.-.s:;
",uf ...
'- ..
S - ._.....
u 8:- 0
.,.,l~....
~ COi
....~""':al.
~~~-5~
:...~...O
"..1:....0...,
~ ....-
~ ~~.~~
L'_ c-....
0.. ~._
4,J.-" ....
:;: Q.~ i
c!5......~U)
- U 0.....-
...
o
.,
...
C
...
'"
. " ~
.. .-
!j!l~
~ ..l~~
~. "C
..I: ... L'_
~....~~f
L i~ ..
~!:Ii
6~i:{i
~6~~I
...- l!l
.....~~~!
OU,J::.-
.-...... ...
::i.~i
.8c:J::t
.. .. ~ 8: a
.1:,.- c
...~ ...
o"'~!Il1
"'1l<>.~ ...
.... ....>12
1'2:;:~li
....,....a.
.. ... .
~8~~!
~.....ic!
"'L~
~:i""~1
u ..c........
....
a'5';~~
... 0 L
U ...:a..
~:;~~'2
S-~...>
Ull~L';
UO~
"P."E lilt: L
f C C
.. c....
- s-......
~'Z'2~1
It!~!
~i~"'"E
....-ullc
~
...
w
...
c
u
...
'"
w
u
!!'
...
u
w
...
:z:
U
'"
C
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
0-
U
W
...
:z:
U
'"
C
;:.
III
L>-
o c:
...c
U
II 0
L...
S~
u.-
.."9
L'~
... ..
L
OQ.
...
>-
>-c:
-II
S...
.. ~
-~
,g...
II ._
>-:.
!..
L
.. .
'2C
;:l
'Z ! t:
L II
....... L
uo...
... .. S
5~U
a II ..
< 2:~
.. U
~ li:~
. "E 5
.. II
_ L
,g...o
lie...
'-l U
... II
o L
~!6
.u
... ..
2 ~ ~
.. !! L
.- ~ ~
..-
...
C
U ...
.- C.s:;
.....- ...
'- ..
...L.....
L .. 0
.,~
u1:J
.. ~
'- '"
~ .-
... L
.,
...
..
<>
I
II
...
L
.e
Ii
....
>-L
...!
~~
u
.,
~ ~
L :!
5.-
z:'"
..
...
..
<>
'2
>
o
B:
c
I
..
...
L
o
...
L
o
...
II
L
...
..
e
:e
c
>-
L~
J u.
:o:~
j~
u;:a
8 ..
L ~
S~
z:o-
c;
...
II
<>
'2
~
L
8:
c
L
..
'"
i
lE
...
e
l
II
...
L
o
...
s
S
L
...
..
S
UL
.,
.",
::!
.- C
LZ:
L
.....
ClU
.......
i'O'
] ~.
'f~
S,:
..
'- >-
L L
L L
o ..
Z:...J
.,
...
..
<>
1
';
.,
IX
01027
3
.r: 0 -; -, 0 -. -; -; -; -.
., '" c c c c c 0 0 0
~ C
II
~.
Cl
'"
.. 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 C' 0
.' ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 0 ~ ~ 0 ~
Cl 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
~ (,
0--
~ .0
0
-.
'" 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
'" 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 0 0 ~
~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
------------
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
-g 0
L.
'"
0..
<Jl 0 0 0 0
'" 0 0 0 0 0
C 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 ~ 0 0
0
C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
L. <Jl 0
II :)
W 0
L. >
0 III
... L.
U 0..
II
....
C ., 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 ... 0 0 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0
U II 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
;,
l-
n
0
-.
III ------------
::> 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 .
I- ~ , 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 .
"" u .
.
-----------
III 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 ~ 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0
... 0 0 0
c ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
I- ., .,
... '"
u ... "B
:)
"" u '"
'"
I-
Z 0 0 <> 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
<:> 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
"i 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
u ..
> "
0 ~
...
B: II
.s:
"" u
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Cl ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
c .,
'"
'" "B
... 00
0
w ~
'" ...
::>
0 Q.
w ... III
g U Z
'" <Jl 0
0.. .,
w 0 -"
-" z 0 ""
0.. 0 Z ~ -"
~ 0 III ""
~ I- U -" z: ....
x "" "" 0.. w Z
w N -" .... :;> '" .... VI
C I- >- II ....
:; -" '" i .... z :z: 'i.
w ~ "" III .. <>
... 00 z 00 w "" 8 '" ~
.s: i III ~ "" -" '" III
... ... to III U .... I- 0.. .
0
... ... <Jl ~ 0 0 0 0 0 0 (3 <:> 0
... u u "'
~ II .. " u
... ... ... N ..., .... co
'0 ... ... 8' ~ c; -# '" 8 g
~ ~ >- 0 0 0 0 0 0
... ... II ... 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0.. U U 0.. Q.
03/30/93
APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
4
01027
,
.
6
,
.. ,
0.,
... ,
,
u , en
'" , ~
LU II ,
'" <>
:l , ..
<> -'
LU ~ <> C
g ~ III i -'
c
'" . .. l.J -' ..
Q. C C ~ LU Z
N -' .. '" LU en
LU C .. ... '" ...
-' -' '" i .. z '" i:
Q. . W ~ c en -' 0
:II: , i z a> w .. 8 '" ~
~~ , LU a c -' '" LU '"
'" en u .. ... Q. a> '"
II
,. ...
:; 0 c c c c c c c <> c 8'
... ...
....c Q.
..... U ...
.. 0 "2 0
.....,...,. ..
"'uucn ,. .. u
~ co co II .. co
...... ... ~~ c; N '" ~ '" 8 .... :g g; ~ L Ii
.~.. .. 8' <> c c <> ..
f 5 5 ... Q. .. C <> C C C <> C <> c a ..
II
o..UUII:L en l.J <>
03/30/93 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 01027 5
SECTION 01028
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Promptly implement change order procedures.
a. Provide full written data required to
evaluate changes.
b. Maintain detailed records of the work done on
a time and material/force account basis.
c. Provide full documentation to the
Construction Manager with each request.
2. Designate in writing the member of the
Contractor's organization authorized to accept
changes in the Work.
3. The Owner will designate in writing the person who
is authorized to execute Change Orders.
B. Related requirements:
1. Agreement: The amounts of established unit
prices.
2. Agreement: The amounts of established allowances.
3. Conditions of the Contract, Article 12 of the
General Conditions:
a. Methods of determining cost or credit to the
Owner resulting from changes in the Work made
on a time and material basis.
b. The Contractor's claims for additional costs.
2 DEFINITIONS
A. Change Order, AlA Document G701/CM: Refer to the
General Conditions.
B. Construction Change Directive: A written order to the
Contractor, signed by the Owner, MK/Gerrits and the
Architect, which amends the Contract Documents as
described, and authorizes the Contractor to proceed
with a change which affects the Contract Sum or the
Contract time, for inclusion in a subsequent Change
Order.
03/30/93
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 1
3 PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES
A. A change may be initiated by submitting a Proposal
Request to the Contractor. Request will include:
1. Detailed description of the change, products and
location of the change in the Project.
2. Supplementary or revised Drawings and
specifications.
3. The projected time span for making the change, and
a specific statement as to whether overtime work
is, or is not, authorized.
4. A specific period of time during which the
requested price will be considered valid.
5. Such request is for information only, and is not
an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop
the Work in progress.
B. The Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a
written notice to the Construction Manager containing:
1. Description of the proposed changes.
2. Statement of the reason for making the changes.
3. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and
the Contract Time.
4. Statement of the effect on the Work of separate
contractors.
5. Documentation supporting change in the Contract
Sum or the Contract Time, as appropriate.
4 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE
A. In lieu of Proposal Request, a Construction Change
Directive may be issued for Contractor to proceed with
a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order.
B. The Construction Change Directive will describe changes
in the Work, both additions and deletions, with
attachments of revised Contract Documents to define
details of the change, and will designate the method of
determining a change in the Contract Sum and change in
the Contract Time.
C. The Owner, Construction Manager, and the Architect will
sign and date the Construction Change Directive as
authorization for the Contractor to proceed with
changes.
D. At completion of the change, submit itemized accounting
and supporting data as provided in the Article
"Documentation of Proposals and Claims" of this
section.
03/30/93
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 2
E. The allowable costs of such work will be determined as
provided in the General Conditions and Supplementary
Conditions.
F. The Owner, Construction Manager and Architect will sign
and date the Change Order to establish the change in
the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time.
G. The Owner and the Contractor will sign and date the
Change Order to indicate their agreement.
5 DOCUMENTATION OF PROPOSALS AND CLAIMS
A. Support each quotation for a lump-sum proposal, and for
each unit price which has not previously been
established, with sufficient substantiating data to
allow evaluation of the quotation.
B. On request provide additional data to support time and
cost computations:
1. Labor required.
2. Equipment required.
3. Products required.
a. Recommended source of purchase and unit cost.
b. Quantities required.
4. Taxes, insurance and bonds.
5. Credit for the work deleted from the Contract,
similarly documented.
6. Overhead and profit.
If the Contractor performs the actual Work, the
percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a
maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%).
If the Subcontractor performs the actual Work, the
percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be a
maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%). If the
Contractor does not enter into the Work, the maximum
mark-up for managing this work will be ten percent
(10%).
If the Subcontractor performs part of the actual Work,
his percentage mark-up for overhead and profit shall be
a maximum addition of fifteen percent (15%) on his
direct work only. If the Contractor performs part of
the actual work, his percentage mark-up for overhead
and profit shall be a maximum addition of fifteen
percent (15%) on his direct work only.
7. Justification for change in the Contract Time.
03/30/93
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 3
C. support each claim for additional costs, and for the
work done on a time-and-material/force account basis,
with documentation as required for a lump-sum proposal,
plus additional information:
1. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered
the work, and date of the order.
2. Dates and times the work was performed, and by
whom.
3. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly
rates paid.
4. Receipts and invoices for:
a. Equipment used, listing dates and times of
use.
b. Products used, listing of quantities.
c. Subcontracts.
5. signature of Construction Manager's
superintendent, concurring with quantities.
6 PREPARATION OF CHANGE ORDERS
A. The Construction Manager will prepare each Change
Order.
B. Change Order form: AlA Document G701/CM.
C. Change Order will describe changes in the Work, both
additions and deletions, with attachments of revised
Contract Documents to define details of the change.
D. Change Order will provide an accounting of the
adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract
Time.
7 LUMP-SUM/FIXED PRICE CHANGE ORDERS
A. Content of Change Orders will be based on either:
1. The Proposal Request and the Contractor's
responsive Proposal as mutually agreed between the
Owner and the Contractor.
2. The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect or Construction
Manager.
B. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect will
sign and date the Change Order as authorization for the
contractor to proceed with the changes.
C. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order to
indicate agreement with the terms therein.
03/30/93
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 4
8 UNIT PRICE CHANGE ORDER
A. The content of the Change Orders will be based on
either:
1. The definition of the scope of the required
changes.
2.
3 .
B. The
l.
2 .
The Contractor's Proposal for a change, as
recommended by the Architect, or Construction
Manager.
Survey of completed work.
amounts of the unit prices to be:
Those stated in the Agreement.
Those mutually agreed upon between the Owner,
Architect and the Contractor.
C. When quantities of each of the items affected by the
Change Order be determined prior to start of the Work:
1. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change Order as
authorization for the Contractor to proceed with
the changes.
2. The Contractor may sign and date the Change Order
to indicate agreement with the terms therein.
D. When quantities of the items cannot be determined prior
to start of the Work:
1. A Construction Change Directive will be issued
directing the Contractor to proceed with the
change on the basis of unit prices, and will cite
the applicable unit prices.
2. At completion of the change, the cost of such work
will be determined based on the unit prices and
quantities used.
3. The Owner, Construction Manager and the Architect
will sign and date the Change Order to establish
the change in the Contract Sum and in the Contract
Time.
4. The Contractor will sign and date the Change Order
to indicate their agreement with the terms
therein.
9 CORRELATION WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S SUBMITTALS
A. Revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms
monthly to record each change as a separate item of the
Work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum prior to
submission of Application for Payment.
03/30/93
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 5
B. Revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change
in the Contract Time prior to monthly submissions.
Revise subschedules to show changes for other items of
work affected by the changes.
C. Upon completion of the Work under a Change Order, enter
pertinent changes in Record Documents.
*********************
END OF SECTION 01028
03/30/93
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
01028 - 6
SECTION 01200
PROJECT MEETINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Project meetings
2 The CONSTRUCTION MANAGER'S RESPONSIBILITY
A. Construction Manager shall schedule and administer pre-
construction meeting, periodic progress meetings, and
specially called meetings throughout progress of the
Work.
1. Prepare agenda for meetings.
2. Provide notice of each meeting four days in
advance of meeting date, or provide as much
advance notice as possible.
3. Make physical arrangements for meetings.
4. Preside at meetings.
5. Record the minutes; include significant
proceedings and decisions.
6. Reproduce and distribute copies of minutes.
a. To participants in the meeting.
b. To parties affected by decisions made at the
meeting.
c. Furnish three copies of minutes to the
Architect.
B. Representatives of the Contractors, subcontractors and
suppliers attending meetings shall be qualified and
authorized to act on behalf of the entity each
represents.
C. The Architect and the Owner's Representative may attend
meetings to ascertain that the Work is expedited
consistent with the Contract Documents and construction
schedules.
3 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING
A. Location: A central Site designated by the
Construction Manager.
03/30/93
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 1
B. Attendance:
1. The Owner's Representative.
2. The Architect and his professional consultants (as
required) .
3. Construction Manager.
4. The Contractor's Superintendent.
5. Major subcontractors.
6. Major suppliers.
7. Others as appropriate.
C. suggested Agenda:
1. Distribution and discussion of:
a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.
b. Projected Construction Schedules.
2. critical Work sequencing.
3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities.
4. Project Coordination.
a. Designation of responsible personnel.
5. Procedures and processing of:
a. Field decisions.
b. Proposal requests.
c. Submittals.
d. Change Orders.
e. Applications for Payment.
6. Adequacy of distribution of the Contract
Documents.
7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.
8. Use of premises:
a. Office, work and storage areas.
b. The Owner's requirements.
9. Construction facilities, controls and construction
aids.
10. Temporary utilities.
11. Safety and first-aid procedures.
12. security procedures.
13. Housekeeping procedures.
14. Distribute meeting minutes within (3) days.
4 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. The Contractor's Project Manager and/or Superintendent
shall be required to attend a weekly scheduling
meeting.
B. Location of the meetings: Office of the Construction
Manager.
03/30/93
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 2
C. Attendance:
1. The Architect and his professional consultants as
needed.
2. Contractors as appropriate to the agenda.
3. Suppliers as appropriate to the agenda.
4. Others.
D. suggested Agenda:
1. Review of Work progress since previous meeting.
2. Field observations, problems, conflicts.
3. Problems which impede Construction Schedule.
4. Review of off-site fabrication, delivery
schedules.
5. Corrective measures and procedures to regain
projected schedule.
6. Revisions to Construction Schedule.
7. Progress, schedule, during succeeding Work period.
8. Coordination of schedules.
9. Review submittal schedules.
10. Maintenance of quality standards.
11. Pending changes and substitutions.
12. Review proposed changes for:
a. Effect on Construction Schedule and on
completion date.
b. Effect on other contracts of the Project.
13. Other business.
14. Distribute meeting minutes.
********************
END OF SECTION 01200
03/30/93
PROJECT MEETINGS
01200 - 3
SECTION 01310
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Progress schedules
2. Revisions to schedules
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPE OF WORK
C. Description:
1. Progress Schedules:
Promptly after award of the Contract, prepare
and submit to the Construction Manager,
construction progress schedules for the work,
with subschedules of related activities which
are essential to its progress. Also
incorporate manpower loading related to each
activity on the construction schedule.
2. Revisions to Schedule:
Submit revised/updated progress schedules
with each payment application.
1. .2 FORMAT
A. Prepare Progress Schedules as a horizontal bar chart
with separate bar for each major portion of Work or
operation, identifying the first work day of each week.
B. Include numeric manpower loading associated with each
horizontal bar, clearly defined.
C. Scale and spacing: to provide space for notations and
revisions.
D. Sheet size: minimum 8-1/2" xII".
1. . 3 CONTENT
A. Indicate complete sequence of construction by activity,
with dates for beginning and completion of each element
of construction.
03/30/93
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 1
B. Identify work of separate stages and other logically
grouped activities.
C. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of
the entire schedule.
D. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop
drawings, product data, and samples, including the
Owner furnished products and products identified under
allowances and dates reviewed submittals will be
required from the Architect. Reference section 01301 -
Submittals.
1..4 REVISIONS TO SCHEDULES
A. Indicate progress of each activity to date of
submittal, and projected completion date of each
activity.
B. Identify activities modified since previous submittal,
major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes.
1. Major changes in scope.
2. Activities modified since previous submission.
3. Revised projections of progress and completion.
4. Other identifiable changes.
C. Provide a narrative report as needed to define:
1. Problem areas, anticipated delays and the impact
on the schedule.
2. Corrective action recommended and its effect.
3. The effect of changes on schedules of other prime
contractors.
1..5 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit initial schedules within (3) days after award of
Contract.
1. The Construction Manager will review schedules and
return review copy within ten (10) days after
receipt.
2. If required, re-submit within seven (7) days after
return of review copy.
3. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each
Application for Payment.
1..6 DISTRIBUTION
A. Distribute copies of the reviewed schedules to:
1. Job site file.
2. Subcontractors.
03/30/93
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 2
3. Other concerned parties.
B. Instruct recipients to report promptly to the
Contractor, in writing, any problems anticipated by the
projections shown in the schedules.
Note: It is not incumbent upon the Construction Manager
to notify the Trade Contractor when to begin, to
cease, or to resume work nor to give early notice
of faulty or defective work, nor in any way to
superintend so as to relieve the Trade Contractor
of responsibility or of any consequence of neglect
or carelessness.
**************
END OF SECTION 01310
03/30/93
PROGRESS SCHEDULES
01310 - 3
SECTION 01370
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Schedule of Values allocated to the various
portions of the Work, submitted within three (3)
days after award of the Contract.
2. Upon request of the Construction Manager, support
the values with data which will substantiate their
correctness.
3. The Schedule of Values, unless objected to by the
Construction Manager, forms the basis for the
Contractor's Applications for Payment.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Type schedule on AlA G703 Form; the Contractor's
standard forms and automated printout will be
considered by the Construction Manager upon the
Contractor's request. Identify schedule with:
1. Title of Project and location.
2. The Architect and Construction Manager.
3. Name and Address of the Contractor.
4. Contract designation.
5. Date of submission.
B. List the installed value of the component parts of the
Work (broken down into labor and material and physical
location) in sufficient detail to serve as a basis for
computing values for progress payments during
construction.
C. Follow the Specifications as the format for listing
component items.
1. Identify each line item with the number and title
of the respective major section of the
Specifications.
D. Itemize separate line item cost for each of the
following general cost items:
1. Mobilization.
2. Bonds, Insurance and Permits.
3. General Conditions spread over project duration on
monthly basis.
4. Clean-up.
5. Submittals.
03/30/93
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 1
6. Safety.
E. For each major line item list sub-values of major
products or operations under the item.
F. For the various portions of the Work:
1. Include a directly proportional amount of the
Contractor's overhead and profit for each item.
2. For items on which progress payments will be
requested for stored materials, break down the
value into:
a. The cost of the materials, delivered and
unloaded, with taxes paid.
b. The total installed value.
3. Submit a subschedule for each separate stage of
work specified in section 00300.
G. The sum of values listed in the schedule shall equal
the total Contract Sum.
1..3 SUBSCHEDULE OF UNIT MATERIAL VALUES
A. Submit a subschedule of unit costs and quantities for:
1. Products on which progress payments will be
requested for stored products.
B. The form of submittal shall parallel that of the
Schedule of Values, with each item identified the same
as the line item in the Schedule of Values.
C. The unit quantity for bulk materials shall include an
allowance for normal waste.
D. Provide unit values for the materials as follows:
1. Cost of the material, delivered and unloaded at
the site, with taxes paid.
2. Installation costs, including the Contractor's
overhead and profit.
E. The installed unit value multiplied by the quantity
listed shall equal the cost of that item in the
Schedule of Values.
1..4 REVIEW AND SUBMITTAL
A. After review by Construction Manager, revise and
resubmit schedule (and Schedule of Material Values) as
required.
B. Resubmit revised schedule in same manner.
*************
END OF SECTION 01370
03/30/93
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
01370 - 2
SECTION 01385
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Requirement for Daily Construction Reports by each
Contractor.
2. Scheduled submission times for Daily Construction
Reports.
1..2 FORM AND CONTENT OF DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
A. Daily Construction Reports shall be submitted by each
and every Contractor performing work on the project.
Forms to be used will be furnished by the Construction
Manager. Items to be addressed on the Report are:
1. Title of Project
2. Name of Contractor
3. Date and day of Report information. For example,
you performed work on Thursday, April 18, 1991, so
you would therefore use "Thursday, 4/18/91." This
holds true even if you did not complete filling
out the Report until Friday, 4/19/91.
4. Contract designation.
5. Note any major Shipments received on that
particular day.
6. Note major equipment used that day.
7. Note manpower used, and designate what trades.
For example, if you were the mechanical
contractor, you would also list how many
insulators, pipefitters, etc. that you were also
managing, even if they were subcontractors. In
addition, list the names of the subcontractors
that were on-site that day.
8. Note any deficiencies in your work, and corrective
actions taken to resolve the deficiencies.
9. Note any safety violations discovered, whether or
not caused by your forces.
10. Provide a full description of work performed that
day, and any problems or unusual conditions
discovered.
11. Report is to be signed by the authorized
representative of the contractor, and should the
signature not be legible, print the name of the
signer next to the signature.
03/30/93
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 1
1..3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTING DAILY REPORTS
A. Daily Reports are to be submitted at the designated
location described in the pre-construction meeting.
Contractors are to submit the original of their report,
and should keep a copy for their records. The
Construction Manager's photocopying facilities are not
to be used in the reproduction for submission of the
reports.
B. Submit Daily Reports no later than 9:00am the day
following the day of the work described in that
particular report. No exceptions to this rule will be
accepted. Should contractor fail to comply with these
instructions, the contractor's payment application for
the following month will be held in abeyance until such
time the contractor properly submits the delinquent
reports.
*************
END OF SECTION 01385
03/30/93
DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS
01385 - 2
>> .' ......~.~' . ~.,~ ..
.., ...-'..... '-', - '. <".~ , .~ .. ~ ". ..' _' .- -....- ..~. I,'. ;-,' 4 ~ ~'i"::':.'.:"""_..'__~"",,,,,'~~,,,_.,...'.~.".' '," ,: .' -,.,', .-., .... ~ .
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Selection and payment
2. The Contractor submittals
3. Testing laboratory responsibilities
4. Testing laboratory reports
5. Limits on testing laboratory authority
6. The Contractor responsibilities
7. Schedule of inspections and tests
B.
1-
2.
3 .
4.
section 00750 - GENERAL CONDITIONS
section 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
section 01800 - SOIL BORING DATA
Individual Specification Sections: inspections
and tests required, and standards for testing.
1. . 2 REFERENCES
A.
ASTM D-3740 -
Practice for Evaluation of Agencies
in Testing and/or Inspection of
Soil and Rock as Used in
Engineering Design and
Construction.
B.
ASTM E-329 -
Recommended Practice for Inspection
and Testing Agencies for Concrete,
Steel, and Bituminous Materials as
used in Construction.
1..3 SELECTION AND PAYMENT
A. The Owner will employ and pay for services of an
independent testing laboratory to perform specified
inspection and testing indicated in technical
specification sections.
B. Employment of testing laboratory shall in no way
relieve the Contractor of obligation to perform the
Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
03/30/93
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 1
1..4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with requirements of ASTM E-329 and ASTM D-
3740.
B. Testing laboratory: authorized to operate in the State
of Florida.
C. Testing laboratory staff: maintain a full time
registered Engineer on staff to review services.
D.
Testing Equipment:
with devices of an
National Bureau of
accepted values of
calibrated at reasonable intervals
accuracy traceable to either
Standards (NBS) Standards or
natural physical constants.
E. Meet "Recommended Requirements for Independent
Laboratory Qualification", published by American
Council of Independent Laboratories.
1..5 TESTING LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Test samples of mixes.
B. Provide qualified personnel at the site. Cooperate
with the Architect, Construction Manager and the
Contractor in performance of services.
C. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of
Products in accordance with specified standards.
D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
E. Promptly notify the Construction Manager and the
Contractor of observed irregularities or non-
conformance of the Work or products.
F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by
the A/E and Construction Manager.
1..7 TESTING LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two
copies of testing laboratory report to the Construction
Manager, for forwarding to the A/E and the Contractor.
B. Include:
1. Date issued
2. Project title and number
3. Name of inspector
4. Date and time of sampling or inspection
03/30/93
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 2
, . ." '. '... ." " _~. ". '0... .-. .. . .- ". 'I. I v .- '" '.~. r'''' ,..-. ." .......,...0', ,_ .... , '......-".. ."'.. ,,~-......v
5. Identification of product and Specifications
section
6. Location in the Project
7. Type of inspection or test
8. Date of test
9. Results of test
10. Conformance with the Contract Documents
C. When requested by the Construction Manager or A/E,
provide interpretation of test results.
1..8 LIMITS ON TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY
A. The testing laboratory may not release, revoke, alter,
or enlarge on requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. The testing laboratory may not approve or accept any
portion of the Work.
C. The testing laboratory may not assume any duties of the
Contractor.
D. The testing laboratory has no authority to stop the
Work.
1..9 THE CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Deliver to the testing laboratory at designated
location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be
used which require testing, along with proposed mix
designs.
B. Cooperate with testing laboratory personnel, and
provide access to the Work and to the manufacturer's
facilities.
C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide
access to the Work to be tested, to obtain and handle
samples at the site or at source of products to be
tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, storage
and curing of test samples.
D. Notify the Construction Manager and the testing
laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for
operations requiring inspection and testing services.
E. Employ services of a separate qualified testing
laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests
which are beyond the specified requirements.
03/30/93
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 3
1. .10
RETEST RESPONSIBILITY
A.
Where the results of required inspections, tests, or
similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not
indicate compliance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents, the retests shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor regardless of whether
the original test was the Contractor's responsibility.
B.
Retesting of the work revised or replaced by the
Contractor is the Contractor's responsibility where
required tests were performed on original work. Costs
and fees for retesting shall be paid by the Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01410
03/30/93
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
01410 - 4
SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1
SUMMARY
A.
section includes:
1. Temporary utilities required for construction.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1
MATERIALS - GENERAL
A.
Materials shall be new, adequate in capacity for the
required usage, not create unsafe conditions, not
violate requirements of applicable codes and standards,
and comply with NEC Art. 305 - Temporary Wiring.
2.2
TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY
A.
The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain,
temporary electric power service for construction needs
throughout the construction period and shall remove
such service on completion of the work.
1. Power centers for miscellaneous tools and
equipment used in the Work will be provided by the
Contractor as follows:
a. distribution boxes with minimum of four
double-duplex 15 Amp, 120-Volt grounded
outlets, with GFCI Protection for personnel.
See Detail "B".
b. located so that power is available at any
point of use with not more than 100 ft. power
cords.
c. minimum: one power center on each floor.
d. circuit-breaker protection for each outlet.
2. The capacity of each power center in 1. above
shall be 120/240 volts single phase, minimum 50
Amps.
3. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and
maintain all equipment and wiring required to
distribute the power, up to and including the
power services.
03/30/93
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 1
2.3
2.4
4. The Contractor shall pay all costs of
installation, maintenance, and removal of
temporary services.
5. Materials shall be new, and must be adequate in
capacity for required usage, and must not violate
the requirements of applicable codes and
standards. Materials used for temporary service
shall not be reused in the permanent system.
6. The Contractor shall comply with all applicable
requirements specified in National Electric Code
Art. 305 when installing the temporary electric
power service, shall maintain the system to
provide continuous service and shall modify and
extend the service as the progress of the Work
requires.
7. The Contractor shall completely remove all
temporary materials and equipment at Project
Completion. Underground lines may be disconnected
and abandoned in place with approval of the
Construction Manager.
8. Feeders to distribution panels from distribution
shed shall be 400 feet maximum length, with two
hot legs and one neutral of the same size as per
NEC Table 310-16 and Article 210-19a FPN.
9. Circuits to Power Centers from Distribution Panels
shall be installed per NEC Art. 305.
10. Feeders and Branch Circuits in 15. and 16. above
shall be protected from physical damage.
TEMPORARY TELEPHONE SERVICE
A.
The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging with
the local telephone service company to provide
telephone service at the construction site. The
Contractor shall pay all costs for installation,
maintenance, removal and service charges for such
service.
TEMPORARY LIGHTING
A.
The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain
temporary lighting for construction needs throughout
the construction period and shall remove such temporary
lighting on completion of the Work.
03/30/93
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 2
I
.. .' .~~.~' -. ... ".. '''. '; " . ~~ ,'I.~, t:. ,0-,. .....~.,.. ..,:" ......."". ..~... ,,-r~''''''''''~'''''' J...-~.~''''''' ... ,'. ......... .'. ~",-.. .......... _ _\ .',_ "-., ...'....., ~,,,,.~.. '.. _. ._, .. .' _ "._ ..._...:.. .~:. ...,.... .', ..:.'.........,. ;._~_ '~_.. .....j'.... ",_"..",. ._. ~ .,,_,"
1. Temporary artificial lighting shall be provided in
enclosed Work areas and all other work areas when
natural lighting does not meet minimum
requirements. Temporary artificial lighting in
Work areas shall produce uniform illumination of
20-foot candles.
2.5
TEMPORARY WATER
A.
The Contractor will arrange and pay utility service
company, to provide water for construction purposes.
In addition, the Contractor is responsible for
providing potable drinking water for his personnel and
employees, as well as suitable containers, ice and salt
tablets in sufficient quantity to meet the needs of his
labor force.
2.6
TEMPORARY HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATING
The Contractor shall be responsible for providing, and
operating and maintaining temporary heating, cooling and
ventilating, as required, to maintain adequate environmental
conditions to facilitate the progress of his Work; to meet
minimum condition for the installation of materials; and to
protect materials and finishes from damage due to
temperature or humidity. The Contractor, subject to the
approval and direction of the Construction Manager, shall:
1. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed
areas for curing of installed materials, to
disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous
accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases.
2. If portable heaters are required, utilize only UL
approved units complete with controls.
3. Insure that all safety devices specified for
operation of equipment are functioning properly.
4. Pay all costs of providing, operating,
maintaining, and removing such temporary heating,
cooling, and ventilating equipment as may be
required.
The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition
to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
03/30/93
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 3
2.7
2.8
2.9
A.
TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
The Contractor will provide sanitary facilities in
compliance with laws and regulations.
B.
The Contractor will service, clean and maintain
facilities and enclosures.
TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
The Contractor shall furnish, install and maintain temporary
fire protection equipment, materials, supplies and service
within the buildings throughout the construction period in
accordance with the requirements of all applicable codes and
standards. Each floor shall have a temporary fire
protection system.
03/30/93
A.
REMOVAL
Completely remove temporary materials and equipment
when their use is no longer required.
B.
Clean and repair damage caused by temporary
installations or use of temporary facilities.
C.
Restore permanent facilities used for temporary
services to specified condition.
1. Prior to final painting, the Contractor shall
remove temporary lamps and install new lamps.
2. Prior to final inspection, the Contractor shall
replace filters and worn or consumed parts of
mechanical equipment.
***************
END OF SECTION 01510
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
01510 - 4
.,'_C .~, -."" ',~ ,";'" .- .':.f....--.. ....... ,-.... ... '." "";>-;0- ~"~;"'::"'I"":"_' '~"..-." -,'. ..,........ "" .,_ " ....~ .,. ,. .~, ....... ,"",."~,"__ . '_"~~ ",,", ~ _, ...+f. ......., '~..~' ..'_ '.,
SECTION 01520
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Construction aids
2. Temporary enclosures
1.2 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES
B. Comply with Federal, State and local codes and
regulations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS - GENERAL
A. Materials may be new or used, suitable for the intended
use and shall not violate requirements of applicable
codes and standards.
2..2 CONSTRUCTION AIDS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing,
installing, maintaining, and removing on completion of
the Work all scaffolds, staging, ladders, stairs,
ramps, runways, platforms, railings, chutes, and other
such facilities and equipment required by his personnel
to insure their safety and facilitate the execution of
the Work.
1. The Contractor shall comply with all Federal,
State and local codes, laws and regulations
governing such construction aids.
2. The Contractor shall relocate such construction
aids as required by the progress of construction,
by storage or work requirements, and to
accommodate the legitimate requirements of the
Owner or Construction Manager or other separate
contractors employed at the site.
3. The Contractor shall completely remove temporary
scaffolds, access, platforms, and other such
materials, facilities, and equipment, at the
03/30/93
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 1
completion of the Work or when construction needs
can be met by the use of the permanent
construction, provided the Construction Manager
has approved and authorized such use. The
Contractor shall clean up and shall repair any
damage caused by the installation or by the use of
such temporary construction aids. The Contractor
shall restore any permanent facilities used for
temporary purposes to their specified condition.
The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition
to his obligations under Article 10 of the General
Conditions.
2..3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES
A. The Contractor responsible for installing the permanent
closure in an opening in an exterior wall shall be
responsible for installing, maintaining, and removing,
as the Work progresses, a temporary weather-tight
enclosure for that opening as necessary to provide
acceptable working conditions, to provide weather
protection for interior materials, to allow for
effective temporary heating, and to prevent entry of
unauthorized persons.
1. The Contractor shall install such temporary
enclosures as soon as is practical after the
opening is constructed or as directed by the
Construction Manager.
2. Temporary enclosures shall be removable as
necessary for the Work and for handling of
materials.
3. Temporary enclosures shall be completely removed
when construction needs can be met by the use of
the permanent closures.
4. The Contractor responsible for providing,
maintaining, and removing the temporary enclosure
shall clean and shall repair any damage caused by
the installation of such enclosure.
5. The Contractor shall remain responsible for
insuring that his work, material, equipment,
supplies, tools, machinery, and construction
equipment is adequately protected from damage or
theft and shall provide, maintain and remove such
additional temporary enclosures as may be deemed
necessary.
The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to
his obligations under Article 10 of the General Conditions.
**************************
END OF SECTION 01520
03/30/93
CONSTRUCTION AIDS
01520 - 2
I
-.- . ';c".--' .
SECTION 01550
ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for installing and
maintaining, until the completion of his Work any
temporary access roads or parking facilities required
by his Work, other than that which has been provided or
required by the Owner.
B. Any Contractor excavating across an access road or
parking area shall backfill and compact his excavation
and resurface the road or parking area to match the
existing surface. The Contractor shall comply with all
applicable Specifications when so doing.
***********************
END OF SECTION 01550
03/30/93
ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
01550 - 1
. L
SECTION 01560
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section Includes:
1. Water control
2. Dust control
3. Erosion and sediment control
4. Pollution control
B. Related sections:
1. SCOPES OF WORK
1..2 WATER CONTROL
A. Contractor shall grade site to drain.
B. Protect site from puddling or running water. Provide
water barriers to protect site from soil erosion.
Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate,
and maintain pumping equipment.
1..3 DUST CONTROL
A. Execute the Work by methods to minimize raising dust
from construction operations.
B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from
dispersing into atmosphere.
1..4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL
A. Plan and execute construction by methods to control
surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and
waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and
sedimentation.
B. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time.
c. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and
drains, to prevent water flow.
D. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement
to avoid erosive surface silts or clays.
03/30/93
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01560 - 1
E. Inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and
sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures.
1..5 POLLUTION CONTROL
A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent
contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from
discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants
produced by construction operations.
************************
END OF SECTION 01560
03/30/93
TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01560 - 2
SECTION 01580
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
A project sign is not required for this contract.
********************
END OF SECTION 01580
03/30/93
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
01580 - 1
SECTION 01590
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
A. The Contractor, if he deems it necessary, may furnish,
install, and maintain a temporary field office for his
use and the use of his employees during the
construction period.
B. The Contractor shall furnish, install, and maintain
temporary storage and work sheds to adequately protect
his work, materials, equipment, supplies, tools,
machinery, and construction equipment from damage and
theft.
C. The Contractor shall arrange his field office and sheds
so as not to interfere with the construction. The
locations of field offices and sheds shall be
coordinated with the Construction Manager. The type,
size and location of field offices and sheds is subject
to approval by the Construction Manager.
D. The Contractor shall arrange and pay for temporary
electricity and telephone service for his field office
and sheds, if he should require such services.
E. The Contractor shall relocate his field office and
sheds as directed by the Construction Manager, at no
additional cost to the Owner or Construction Manager.
F. The Contractor shall completely remove his field office
and sheds on completion of the Work or when directed by
the Construction Manager. The Contractor shall remove
all debris and rubbish and shall place the area in a
clean and orderly condition.
G. The Construction Manager as soon as reasonably possible
will establish a field office on the site and will
maintain such an office during the entire construction
period.
**************
END OF SECTION 01590
03/30/93
FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
01590 - 1
SECTION 01595
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Cleaning during progress of work.
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution
laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods
recommended by manufacturer of the surface material to
be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
D. Sweeping compounds used in cleaning operations shall
leave no residue on concrete floor surfaces that may
affect installation of finish flooring materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DURING CONSTRUCTION
A. Execute cleaning to keep the Work, the site and
adjacent properties free from accumulations of waste
materials, rubbish and windblown debris, resulting from
03/30/93
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 1
construction operations.
B. Provide on-site containers for the collection of waste
materials, debris, and rubbish.
C. Dispose of waste materials, debris and rubbish off the
site.
D. Trash containers shall be provided by Contractor and
located in trash accumulation areas designated by the
Construction Manager. Contractor each day shall
collect and deposit in the containers, all rubbish,
waste materials, debris, and other trash from his
operations, including any trash generated by his
employees during lunch periods or coffee breaks.
Shipping dunnage is to be removed by the receiving
contractor. Paper, boxes and bulk packaging shall be
folded or cut into reasonable sizes and shapes as
appropriate and confined to prevent loss of trash due
to wind relocation. Full trash containers shall be
disposed and replaced as necessary to maintain above
requirements and/or as directed by Construction
Manager.
************
END OF SECTION 01595
03/30/93
CONSTRUCTION CLEANING
01595 - 2
SECTION 01600
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Products
2. Transportation and handling
3. storage and protection
4. Security
1..2 PRODUCTS
A. Products: means new material, machinery, components,
equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work.
Does not include machinery and equipment used for
preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the
Work. Products may also include existing materials or
components required for reuse.
B. Do not use materials and equipment removed from
existing premises, except as specifically permitted by
the Contract Documents.
C. Provide interchangeable components of the same
manufacturer, for similar components.
1..3 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the
transportation of all materials and equipment furnished
under this contract. Unless otherwise noted, the
Contractor shall also be responsible for loading,
receiving and Off-loading at the site all material and
equipment installed under this Contract, whether
furnished by the Contractor or the Owner. The
Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating the
installation within the buildings of equipment that is
too large to pass through finished openings.
B. Transport and handle products in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
C. Promptly inspect shipments to assure that products
comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and
03/30/93
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 1
products are undamaged.
D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by
methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.
1..4 STORAGE AND PROTECTION
The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper storage
of all materials, supplies, and equipment to be installed
under this Contract. Materials stored on site but not
adequately protected will not be included in estimates for
payment. Except for materials stored within designated and
approved storage sheds, vans, or trailers, the Contractor
shall not bring onto nor store in any manner at the site any
materials and equipment which will not be incorporated into
the permanent Work within seven (7) days from the delivery
date. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging and
paying for the use of property off the site for storage of
materials and equipment as may be required.
1..5 SECURITY
A. The Contractor shall be totally responsible for the
security of his work, materials, equipment, supplies,
tools, machinery, and construction equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
*************
END OF SECTION 01600
03/30/93
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
01600 - 2
SECTION 01630
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Post-bid substitutions
1.2 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Base Bid shall be in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
B. After the end of the bidding period, substitution
requests will be considered only in the case of:
1. Product unavailability
2. Other conditions beyond the control of the
Contractor.
C. Submit a separate request for each substitution.
Support each request with the following information:
1. Complete data substantiating compliance of
proposed substitution with requirements stated in
Contract Documents:
a. Product identification, including
manufacturer's name and address.
b. Manufacturer's literature, identifying:
1) Product description.
2) Reference standards.
3) Performance and test data.
c. Samples, as applicable.
d. Name and address of similar projects on which
product has been used and date of each
installation.
2. Itemized comparison of the proposed substitution
with product specified, listing significant
variations.
3. Data relating to changes in construction schedule.
4. Effects of substitution on separate contracts.
5. List of changes required in other work or
products.
6. Accurate cost data comparing proposed substitution
with product specified.
a. Amount of net change to Contract Sum.
7. Designation of required license fees or royalties.
03/30/93
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 1
8. Designation of availability of maintenance
services, sources of replacement materials.
D. Substitutions will not be considered for acceptance
when:
1. A substitution is indicated or implied on shop
drawings or product data submittals without a
formal request from Bidder.
2. Acceptance will require substantial revision of
contract Documents.
3. In judgement of Architect the substitution request
does not include adequate information necessary
for a complete evaluation.
4. Requested directly by a subcontractor or supplier.
E. Do not order or install substitute products without
written acceptance of Architect/Engineer.
F. Architect will determine acceptability of proposed
substitutions.
G. No verbal or written approvals other than by Change
Order will be valid.
1..3 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATION
A. In making formal request for substitution the
Contractor represents that:
1. The proposed product has been investigated and it
has been determined that it is equivalent to or
superior in all respects to the product specified.
2. The same warranties or bonds will be provided for
the substitute product as for the product
specified.
3. Coordination and installation of the accepted
substitution into the Work will be accomplished
and changes as may be required for the Work to be
complete will be accomplished.
4. Claims for additional costs caused by substitution
which may subsequently become apparent will be
waived by the Contractor.
5. Complete cost data is attached and includes
related costs under the Contract, but not:
a. Costs under separate contracts.
b. Architect's costs for redesign or revision of
Contract Documents.
1..4 POST-BID SUBSTITUTION FORM
A. The form is attached to this section.
03/30/93
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 2
0." ''-.__ .._(.,......... .,. ,". ,"'.'. ....,._........
.' :,; ,
B. Substitutions will be considered only when the attached
form is completed and included with the submittal with
back-up data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
03/30/93
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 3
TO: Project Architect
We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instec
of the specified item for the above project:
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING NAME
SPEC. SEC.
SPEC. NAME
PARAGRAPH
SPECIFIED ITEM
Proposed Substitution:
Attach complete information on changes to Drawings and/or
specifications which proposed substitution will require for its proper
installation.
Submit with request necessary samples and substantiating data to prove
equal quality and performance to that which is specified. Clearly mark
manufacturer's literature to indicate equality in performance.
The undersigned certifies that the function, appearance and quality are
of equal performance and assumes liability for equal performance, equal
design and compatibility with adjacent materials.
Submitted By:
Signature
Title
Firm
Address
Telephone
Date
Signature shall be by person having authority to legally bind his firm
to the above terms. Failure to provide legally binding signature will
result in retraction of approval.
For use by the Architect:
____Recommended ____Recommended as noted
For use by the Owner:
____Approved
____Not Recommended ____Received too late
____Not Approved
____Insufficient data received
____Approved as noted
By
By
Date
Date
03/30/93
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 4
'..:~ ~.., .....0;. -~",'h',,,,,,,,,,,'~,,,,-,,:,,"-'~-"'~"';-'\,';~"" ,,"..,..-,.,..:,,~....l..; .,.t,.,.... ..~"
-<:-..;-...'...........~'-1...........f.t~~... ~~.......,.,......~. ....."'-.~:......- _.,~....._, -,-.. _...~.', '...~......_..~ "..'~'.
Fill in Blanks Below:
A. Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings?
Yes
No
If yes, clearly indicate changes.
B. will the undersigned pay for changes to the building design,
including engineering and detailing costs caused by the requested
substitution?
Yes
No
If no, fully explain:
C. What effect does substitution have on other Contracts or other
trades?
D. What effect does substitution have on construction schedule?
E. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed and specified items are:
Same
Different. Explain:
F. Reason for Request:
G. Itemized comparison of specified item(s) with the proposed
substitution; list significant variations:
H. This substitution will amount to a credit or extra cost to the
Owner of: dollars ($
-) .
I. Designation of maintenance services and sources:
(Attach additional sheets if required.)
****************
END OF DOCUMENT 01630
03/30/93
POST-BID SUBSTITUTIONS
01630 - 5
SECTION 01650
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Starting systems
2. Demonstration and instructions
3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1..2 STARTING SYSTEMS
A. Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment
and systems.
B. Notify the Construction Manager seven days prior to
start-up of each item.
C. verify that each piece of equipment or system has been
checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation, belt
tension, control sequence, or other conditions which
may cause damage.
D. Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified
electrical characteristics agree with those required by
the equipment or system manufacturer.
E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are
complete and tested.
F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible
manufacturer's representative in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
G. Execute start-up under supervision of the responsible
Contractors' personnel in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
H. When specified in individual Specification Sections,
require manufacturer to provide authorized
representative to be present at the Site to inspect,
check and approve equipment or system installation
prior to start-up, and to supervise placing equipment
or system in operation.
I. Submit a certified written report that equipment or
system has been properly installed and is functioning
correctly.
03/30/93
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01650
03/30/93
STARTING OF SYSTEMS
01650 - 2
I
, ....~.. ;, ,-.I. V.. .,~,' .... ,..... "t'>-'.... '.. ,,",''''' ...;.,.-. _~ .... ,-,' ,~- ....., ....'................._~, ..........v_ ...... ....... ._~~..""'" k
SECTION 01670
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Procedures for demonstration of equipment
operation and instruction of the Owner's
personnel.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. When specified in individual Sections, provide
manufacturer's authorized representative to demonstrate
operation of equipment and systems, instruct the
Owner's personnel and provide written report that
demonstrations and instructions have been completed.
B. The Owner will provide list of personnel to receive
instructions, and will coordinate their attendance at
agreed-upon times.
1. .3 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit preliminary schedule for the Owner's approval,
listing times and date for demonstration of each item
of equipment and each system, two weeks prior to
proposed dates.
B. Provide operating and maintenance manuals to owner (4)
weeks prior to demonstrations.
C. Submit reports within one week after completion of
demonstrations, that demonstrations and instructions
have been satisfactorily completed. Give time and date
of each demonstration, and hours devoted to
demonstration, with a list of persons present.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
NOT USED
03/30/93
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
01670 - 1
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 PREPARATION
A. Verify equipment has been inspected and put into
operation; testing, adjusting, and balancing has been
performed; and equipment and systems are fully
operational.
B. Have copies of completed operation and maintenance
manuals at hand for use in demonstrations and
instructions.
3..2 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS
A. Demonstrate operation and maintenance of equipment and
systems to the Owner's personnel two weeks prior to
date of final inspection. For equipment requiring
seasonal operation, perform instructions for other
seasons within six months.
B. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis of
instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel
in detail to explain aspects of operation and
maintenance.
C. Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment,
maintenance, servicing, trouble-shooting and shutdown
of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at
designated location.
D. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and
maintenance manuals when need for additional data
becomes apparent during instructions.
3..3 TIME ALLOCATED FOR INSTRUCTIONS
A. The amount of time required for instruction on each
item of equipment and system is specified in individual
Sections.
**************
END OF SECTION 01670
03/30/93
SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
01670 - 2
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Closeout procedures
2. Adjusting
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01027 - APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
2. SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS
3. SECTION 01730 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1..2 PROJECT TERMINATION
A. The Contract requirements are met when construction
activities have successfully produced, in this order,
these three terminal activities:
1. Substantial Completion
2. Final Completion
3. Final Payment
1..3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Submit to the Construction Manager when the Work is
substantially complete:
1. A written notice that the Work, or designated
portion thereof, is substantially complete.
2. A list of items to be completed or corrected
(Punch List).
3. Request Substantial Completion Observation at a
mutually agreeable date.
4. certifications of systems and testing/balancing
final reports.
5. Submit evidence of compliance with requirements of
governing authorities:
a. Certificate of Occupancy
b. Certificates of Inspection:
1) Elevators
2) Mechanical systems
3) Electrical systems
4) Kitchen equipment
5) Fire protection system
6) Security system
03/30/93
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 1
B. within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice,
the Architect, the Construction Manager, the
contractor,and the Owner, will make an observation to
determine the status of completion.
C. Should the work be determined to not be substantially
complete the following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, giving the reasons.
2. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in
the Work, and send a second written notice of
substantial completion.
3. The Work will be re-observed.
D. When the Work is considered substantially complete, the
following will occur:
1. The Construction Manager will prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion on AlA Form
G704, accompanied by the Contractor's Punch List
of items to be completed or corrected, as verified
and amended. Contract responsibilities are not
altered by inclusion or omission of required Work
from the punch list.
2. The certificate will be executed by all parties
and distribution made.
E. Complete or correct items identified on the punch list
and required by the Contract requirements within time
limit established by the certificate.
1..4 FINAL COMPLETION
A. To attain final completion, the Contractor shall
complete activities pertaining to substantial
completion, complete Work on punch list items and
submit written request to the Construction Manager for
final inspection.
B. When the Work is complete, the Contractor shall submit
written certification that:
1. The Contract Documents have been reviewed.
2. Work has been inspected for compliance with the
Contract Documents.
3. Work has been completed in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the
presence of the Owner's representative and are
operational.
5. Work is completed and ready for final observation.
C. The Architect, the Construction Manager, the Contractor
03/30/93
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 2
and the Owner will make an inspection to verify the
status of completion with reasonable promptness after
receipt of such certification.
D. Should the Work be considered incomplete or defective:
1. The Construction Manager will promptly notify the
Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or
defective work.
2. The Contractor shall take immediate steps to
remedy the stated deficiencies and send a second
written certification to the Construction Manager
that the Work is Complete.
3. The Work will be reinspected.
E. When the Work is acceptable under the Contract
Documents the Contractor shall make closeout
submittals.
1..5 THE CONTRACTOR'S CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE ARCHITECT
A. Project Record Documents: to requirements of SECTION
01720.
B. Operating and maintenance data, instructions to the
Owner's personnel: to requirements of SECTION 01730.
C. Keys and keying schedule: to requirements of SECTION
08710 & 11196.
D. Spare parts and maintenance materials: to requirements
of individual sections.
E. Evidence of payment and release of liens: to
requirements of General and Supplementary Conditions.
1..6 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
A. Submit a final statement of accounting to the
Architect.
B. Statement shall reflect adjustments to the Contract
Sum:
1. The original Contract Sum
2. Additions and deductions resulting from:
a. Previous Change Orders
b. Allowances
c. Unit Prices
d. Deductions for uncorrected Work
e. Penalties and bonuses
f. Deductions for liquidated damages
g. Deductions for reinspection payments
03/30/93
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 3
h. other adjustments
3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted
4. Previous payments
5. Sum remaining due
C. The Construction Manager will prepare a final Change
Order, reflecting adjustments to the Contract Sum which
were not previously made by Change Orders.
1..7 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. The Contractor shall submit the final Application for
Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements
stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not used
*****************
END OF SECTION 01700
03/30/93
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01700 - 4
SECTION 01710
FINAL CLEANING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
1. Cleaning at completion of Work
1..2 DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Conduct cleaning and disposal operations to comply with
codes, ordinances, regulations, and anti-pollution
laws.
1. Do not burn or bury rubbish and waste materials on
the Project site.
2. Do not dispose of volatile wastes such as mineral
spirits, oil or paint thinner in storm or sanitary
drains.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2..1 MATERIALS
A. Use only those cleaning materials which will not create
hazards to health or property and which will not damage
surfaces.
B. Use only those cleaning materials and methods
recommended by manufacturer on the surface material to
be cleaned.
C. Use cleaning materials only on surfaces recommended by
cleaning material manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..1 DUST CONTROL
A. Handle materials in a controlled manner with as little
handling as possible.
3..2 FINAL CLEANING
A. Employ skilled workmen for final cleaning.
B. Remove grease, mastic, adhesives, dust, dirt, stains,
03/30/93 FINAL CLEANING 01710 - 1
fingerprints, labels, and other foreign materials form
sight-exposed interior and exterior surfaces.
C. Wash and shine glazing and mirrors.
D. Polish glossy surfaces to a clear shine.
E. Dust cabinetwork and remove markings.
F. Vacuum as needed.
G. Broom clean exterior paved surfaces; rake clean other
surfaces of the grounds.
H. Prior to final completion, or the Owner occupancy,
conduct an inspection of sight-exposed interior
surfaces, exterior surfaces and work areas, to verify
that the entire Work is clean.
I. Clean tunnels and closed off spaces of packing boxes,
wood frame members and other waste materials used in
the Construction.
J. Internally clean the entire system of piping and
equipment. Open dirt pockets and strainers, completely
blowing down as required and clean strainer screens of
accumulated debris.
K. Drain tanks, fixtures and pumps to be free of sludge
and accumulated matter.
L. Remove temporary labels and stickers from fixtures and
equipment. Do not remove permanent name plates,
equipment model numbers and ratings.
M. Thoroughly clean heating and air conditioning
equipment, tanks, pumps and traps. Install or
thoroughly clean filters or filter media, including:
1. The cleaning of permanent filters and the
replacement of disposable filters if units were
operated during construction.
2. The cleaning of ducts, blowers, and coils if the
units were operated during construction.
N. Remove from the site all facilities of items installed
or used for temporary purposes during construction.
O. Restore all adjoining areas to their original or
specified condition.
****************
END OF SECTION 01710
03/30/93
FINAL CLEANING
01710 - 2
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Maintain at the job site one copy of:
a. Record Contract Drawings
b. Record Project Manual
c. Coordination drawings
d. Addenda
e. Reviewed shop drawings
f. Change Orders
g. Other modifications to the Contract
h. Field test records
1. . 2 GENERAL
A. Store documents in cabinets in temporary field office,
apart from documents used for construction.
B. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
C. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction
purposes.
D. Make documents available for inspection by the
Construction Manager, the Architect and the Owner.
E. Failure to maintain documents up-to-date will be cause
for withholding payments.
F. Obtain from the Construction Manager (at no charge) two
sets of the Contract Documents for Project Record
Documents including:
1. Specifications with all addenda.
2. Two complete sets of blackline prints of all
Drawings.
1. . 3 RECORDING
A. Label each document "Project Record".
B. Keep record documents current.
03/30/93
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 1
C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required
information has been recorded.
D. Contract Drawings:
1. Required information may, as an option, be entered
on a "working set" and then at completion of
Project transfer the information to final
submitted "Project Record" set.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Depths of various elements of foundation in
relation to survey data.
b. Horizontal and vertical location of
underground utilities and appurtenances
referenced to permanent surface improvements.
c. Location of internal utilities and
appurtenances concealed in construction
referenced to visible and accessible features
of structure.
d. Field changes of dimension and detail.
e. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
f. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
E. Specifications and Addenda:
1. Legibly mark up each Section to record:
a. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and
supplier of each product and item of
equipment actually installed.
b. Changes made by Change Order or Construction
Change Directive.
c. Other items not originally specified.
F. Conversion of schematic layouts:
1. Arrangement of conduits, circuits, piping, ducts
and similar items are in most cases shown
schematically on the Drawings.
2. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
a. Dimensions accurate to within 1" on the
centerline of items shown schematically.
b. Identify each item, for example, "cast iron
drain" "galvanized water".
c. Identify location of each item, for example,
"under slab", "in ceiling plenum", "exposed".
3. The Construction Manager may waive requirements of
schematic layout conversion, when in his opinion,
it serves no beneficial purpose. Do not, however,
rely on waivers being issued except specifically
issued by the Construction Manger in writing.
03/30/93
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 2
1..4 SUBMITTAL
A. At completion of Project, deliver Project Record
Documents to the Construction Manager prior to request
for final payment.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in
duplicate, containing:
1. Date
2. Project title and Architect's Project number
3. The Contractor's name and address
4. Title and number of each record document
5. Certification that each document as submitted is
complete and accurate.
6. Signature of the Contractor, or his authorized
representative.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
***************
END OF SECTION 01720
03/30/93
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
01720 - 3
SECTION 01730
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1..1 SUMMARY
A. section includes:
1. Format and content of manuals
2. Instruction of the Owner's personnel
3. Schedule of submittals
B. Related sections:
1. SECTION 01301 - SUBMITTALS
2. SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
3. Individual Specifications Sections: specific
requirements for operation and maintenance data.
1..2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced
in maintenance and operation of described products.
1..3 FORMAT
A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.
B. Binders: commercial quality, 8-1/2" x 11" three-ring
binders with hardback, cleanable, plastic covers; 1-
1/2" maximum ring size. When multiple binders are
used, correlate data into related consistent groupings.
C. Cover: identify each binder with typed or printed
title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS; list
title of the Project and separate building; identify
subject matter of contents.
D. Arrange content by systems under Section numbers and
sequence of Table of Contents of these Specifications.
E. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and
system, with typed description of product and major
component parts of equipment.
F. Text: manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data
on 20 pound paper.
03/30/93
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 1
G. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab.
Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of
text pages.
1..4 CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME
A. Table of Contents: provide title of the Project;
names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the
Construction Manager, the Architect, consultants, and
the Contractor with name of responsible parties;
schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of
the volume.
B. For each product or system: list names, addresses and
telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers,
including local source of supplies and replacement
parts.
C. Product data: mark each sheet to clearly identify
specific products and component parts, and data
applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable
information.
D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate
relations of component parts of equipment and systems,
to indicate control and flow diagrams. Do not use the
Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
E. Type text: as required to supplement product data.
Provide logical sequence of instructions for each
procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
F. Warranties and bonds: bind in copy of each.
1..5 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
A. Building products, applied materials, and finishes:
include product data, with catalog number, size,
composition, and color and texture designations.
Provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured
products.
B. Instructions for care and maintenance; include
manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and
methods, precautions against detrimental agents and
methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and
maintenance.
C. Moisture protection and weather exposed products:
include product data listing applicable reference
standards, chemical composition, and details of
03/30/93
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 2
installation. Provide recommendations for inspections,
maintenance, and repair.
D. Additional requirements; as specified in individual
product specification sections.
1..6 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Each item of equipment and each system: include
description of unit or system, and component parts.
Identify function, normal operating characteristics,
and limiting conditions. Include performance curves,
with engineering data and tests, and complete
nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable
parts.
B. Panelboard circuit directories: provide electrical
service characteristics, controls and communications.
C. Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
D. Operating procedures: include start-up, break-in, and
routine normal operating instructions and sequences.
Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and
emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and
special operating instructions.
E. Maintenance requirements: include routine procedures
and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair,
and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting,
balancing, and checking instructions.
F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of
lubricants required.
G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and
maintenance instructions.
H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list,
illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required
for maintenance.
J. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as
installed.
K. Provide the Contractor's coordination drawings, with
color coded piping diagrams as installed.
03/30/93
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 3
L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and
function of each valve, keyed to flow and control
diagrams.
M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts,
current prices, and recommended quantities to be
maintained in storage.
N. Include test and balancing reports.
O. Additional requirements: as specified in individual
product specification sections.
P. Provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data,
with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.
1..7 INSTRUCTION OF THE OWNER PERSONNEL
A. Before final inspection, instruct the Owner's
designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and
maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at
agreed upon times.
B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform
instructions for other seasons within six months.
C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for
instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel
in detail to explain all aspects of operation and
maintenance.
D. Prepare and insert additional data in operation and
Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes
apparent during instruction.
1. .8 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit two copies of preliminary draft or proposed
formats and outlines of contents before start of the
Work. The Construction Manager and Architect will
review draft and return one copy with comments.
B. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into
service during construction and operated by the Owner,
submit documents within ten days after acceptance.
C. Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 15
days prior to final inspection. Copy will be returned
after final inspection, with Construction Manager and
Architect comments. Revise content of documents prior
to final submittal.
03/30/93
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 4
D. Submit two copies of revised volumes of data in final
form within ten days after final inspection.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
**************
END OF SECTION 01730
03/30/93
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
01730 - 5